Chris Ducker is a proud British entrepreneur, bestselling author and international keynote speaker, who brings you his own take on what it means to be a personal brand entrepreneur in the 21st century. Everything from building a personal brand to delegating like a king, right the way through to creating and launching online products and services, to marketing yourself as the go-to leader in your industry and beyond is covered. If you're a speaker, author, coach, consultant, expert, blogger, podcaster, freelancer or solopreneur, Youpreneur FM is about to become your new favorite podcast!
Serving First: The True Entrepreneurial Journey with Pat Flynn
In this milestone 500th episode of the Youpreneur podcast, Chris brings his longtime friend, Pat Flynn, back onto the show to discuss their entrepreneurial journeys and the power of consistency in building and maintaining a digital presence. They explore the evolution of their business strategies over the years, the advantages of embracing AI technologies, the importance of creating a community for business success and much more!Episode Timestamps[03:04] - The Evolution of Friendship and Business[08:07] - Transitioning from Solo to Team Business[13:45] - The Unexpected Success of a Pokemon YouTube Channel[18:07] - The Power of Reach and Influence[20:40] - A Look Back: Income Reports and Their Impact[23:04] - The Power of Storytelling and Positivity[30:39] - Exploring the Potential of AI in Content Creation[35:25] - The Importance of Community in BusinessEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeLearning to delegate and the right time to start building a teamInsights on community as a business modelThe influence of AI in business operationsWhy storytelling is a key component of entrepreneurshipImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeConnect with Pat FlynnJoin the Waitlist for the Next 5K Accelerator CohortJoin the Waitlist for the Youpreneur EngineJoin the Waitlist for Our 2024 EventsTake the FREE Scale to Seven™ ScorecardJoin the Youpreneur Incubator CommunityApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
1/8/2024 • 40 minutes, 51 seconds
Youpreneur Year in Review and Plans for 2024
In this episode, Chris delves into the highlights of 2023 for the Youpreneur brand, including hitting 9 million podcast downloads and launching the brand new 5k Accelerator™ program! He also announces Youpreneur's new Chief Operating Officer, Chloe Ducker, his third book deal, and much more. Tune into the full episode to learn all about what we're working on in the coming year!Episode Timestamps[01:30] - Hitting the 9 Million Downloads Milestone[06:05] - Launch of the 5K Accelerator[08:52] - Announcement of Third Book Deal[09:55] - Introduction of New COO[12:21] - Changes to the Youpreneur Incubator[16:05] - Introduction of the Youpreneur Engine[19:40] - Live Events Announcement[22:35] - Changes to the Podcast FormatEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe importance of celebrating your winsLean into your audience's struggles and provide a solutionMaking big decisions and planning for successOne thing you MUST do in 2024 to stand outImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeJoin the Waitlist for the Next 5K Accelerator CohortJoin the Waitlist for the Youpreneur EngineJoin the Waitlist for Our 2024 EventsTake the FREE Scale to Seven™ ScorecardJoin the Youpreneur Incubator CommunityApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
1/4/2024 • 26 minutes, 59 seconds
Non-Funnel Marketing Hacks for Personal Brands with Nicholas Kusmich
Nicholas Kusmich is the founder of H2H Media Group, a consulting and META advertising agency which has generated over $600 million in revenue since 2007! Nic helps information entrepreneurs predictably scale their revenue and time by easily getting more clients with marketing that doesn't suck. In this episode, Chris and Nic discuss non-funnel marketing hacks for personal brands, limitations that come with conventional marketing funnels, how to increase your number of sales and much more. Episode Timestamps[07:28] - Exploring Biohacking and Stem Cell Therapy[15:25] - The Importance of Self-Awareness[17:18] - The Integration of Work and Life[25:59] - The Power of Facebook Ads for Business Growth[26:04] - The Anti-Funnel Approach: A New Perspective[27:06] - The Power of Direct Selling: A Personal Experience[27:55] - The Problem with Traditional Funnels[30:09] - The Two Types of Prospects: Information Seekers vs Solution Seekers[40:52] - The Role of Webinars in the Anti-Funnel Approach[43:51] - Advice for Increasing Sales in Low to Medium Ticket OffersEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeNic's bio-hacking exploration and its influence on his entrepreneurial mindsetThe limitations of conventional marketing funnelsBenefits of following a non-funnel, fast track approachNic's advise for increasing sales and how to do it effectivelyImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeConnect with NicholasTake the FREE Scale to Seven™ ScorecardJoin the Youpreneur Incubator CommunityApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
12/21/2023 • 49 minutes, 12 seconds
10 Ways to Attract Your Dream Clients in 2024
In this episode, Chris shares his top 10 strategies for attracting your dream clients in 2024, and beyond. He discusses the importance of writing a book, asking for input from your audience, and why consistency is key when it comes to publishing content. Chris also talks about how to be seen as a leader in your niche, and how you can position your business as a valuable resource for your dream clients!Episode Timestamps[03:37] - Sharing Success Stories[04:37] - Productivity Hacks[05:24] - Expert Interviews[06:26] - Behind the Scenes[07:26] - Addressing Challenges and Solutions[10:42] - Interactive Content[13:06] - Networking Opportunities[15:03] - Writing a Book[18:44] - Consistency in PostingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThings you can be doing to be more productive in 2024Why all entrepreneurs should be sharing more client success storiesHow to position yourself as the go-to leader in your industryShowing up consistently for your audienceImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeTake the FREE Scale to Seven™ ScorecardJoin the Youpreneur Incubator CommunityApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
12/18/2023 • 21 minutes, 5 seconds
Launching a Physical Product as a Personal Brand with Ben Leonard
In this episode, Chris sits down with Ben Leonard, an e-commerce expert. They discuss strategies for building, marketing, and monetizing an e-commerce business around personal expertise and interests. Ben explains the need for entrepreneurs to give themselves permission to venture and the importance of understanding both customers and their pain points. They explore the challenges of setting the appropriate price structure for products and the significance of pre-launch activities in building momentum for the actual product launch!Episode Timestamps[02:22] - Discussing Ben's new book[03:00] - The importance of building physical product brands[05:10] - Ben's journey in e-commerce[06:44] - The significance of building a personal brand[16:53] - The process of validating product ideas[24:12] - The pre-launch stage Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeImportance of incorporating physical products into a personal brand ecosystemBenefits of building product brands around things you're passionate aboutThe value of giving yourself permission to pursue entrepreneurial ideasApproaches to test and validate product ideas before launchingImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeConnect with Ben LeonardTake the FREE Scale to Seven™ ScorecardJoin the Youpreneur Incubator CommunityApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
12/14/2023 • 30 minutes, 55 seconds
Why Speed in Business Matters with Jay Baer
85% of customers say that speed is a critical factor in their brand loyalty. The pandemic in particular made us realize how much time and speed actually matters to us. But, what happens when we don’t receive the correct amount of speed and responsiveness from companies we’re wanting to buy from? You’re about to find out in this episode!IMPORTANT NOTE: WE’RE BACK! On November 10th 2023, the 1-Day Business Breakthrough™ will be taking place in London (and potentially for the final time!). The #1DayBB is a live event experience that brings together entrepreneurs from all industries and at all levels of growth to learn the strategies needed to go further, faster in today’s hyper competitive entrepreneurial landscape! Limited spaces available, secure yours today and save £150 with the early bird discount.In this episode, Chris invites Jay Baer back onto the show to talk all about his latest book, The Time to Win: How to Exceed Customer’s Need for Speed. Jay explains the meaning behind why “responsiveness = revenue” and what us business owners can be doing to increase our speed in customer interactions for the long-term.Episode Timestamps[06:18] - Getting back in-person and the reawakening experience[11:16] - Jay’s new book, The Time to Win[14:35] - The writing process behind the book[16:33] - The meaning behind “responsiveness = revenue”[18:28] - If you cost your customer’s time, it will cost you money[22:52] - The circumstances where you can be too fast[24:33] - What the “Right Now” means[27:20] - One assumption majority of business owners make[30:02] - Responding without answers[33:39] - The uncertainty gap is the difference between what you know about your business and operations, and what the customer knowsEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy speed and responsiveness is more important than ever beforeThe importance of having relevancy as early on as possibleWhen you’re too fast, it can actually decay trustIn every customer interaction, there is a perfect amount of elapsed timeImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Connect with Jay BaerPick Up Your Copy of The Time to WinEpisode 391: Biggest Business Decision of 2020Take the FREE Scale to Seven™ ScorecardJoin the Youpreneur Incubator CommunityApply for...
10/2/2023 • 40 minutes, 56 seconds
Your Audience Already Exists! Serve Them!
Starting a new channel, whether it's on YouTube, a new podcast, or any other platform, can be an exciting venture, but a daunting one, for sure; especially when you’re entering a new space you’re not completely familiar with. In this episode, Chris shares his new exciting project, the one thing that holds people back from starting a new channel, and the mental switch we need to make to overcome it. Episode Timestamps[00:30] - What we’ve been up to over the past few months![02:39] - Chris’ new exciting project[06:42] - The audience is already there[08:36] - Being radically different and standing out for the right and sometimes wrong reasons[10:46] - It’s all about doing it for other peopleEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe one thing that holds people back when wanting to start a new channelWhy we should always be thinking about how we can be differentYour audience are waiting for you to serve themYou can’t please everyone and that’s okay!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Follow Along with Chris’ new project, Countryside JourneyConnect with Chris on InstagramJoin the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/31/2023 • 16 minutes, 12 seconds
From Doctor to Multi 7-Figure Digital Creator with Ali Abdaal
IMPORTANT NOTE: WE’RE BACK! On July 14th 2023, we’re coming back to London for the first time since November 2019! The 1-Day Business Breakthrough is a full day, live event experience that brings together entrepreneurs from all industries and at all levels of growth to learn the strategies needed to go further, faster in today’s hyper competitive entrepreneurial landscape! Limited spaces available, secure yours today and save £150 with the early bird discount. P.S. We also have the amazing Daniel Priestley, founder of Dent Global and ScoreApp joining us as our special guest speaker, it’s going to be great! In this episode, Chris invites Ali Abdaal onto the show to discuss his journey of going from an NHS doctor to now a Multi 7-Figure digital creator, also known as the world’s most followed productivity expert! Ali shares why he believes it’s important to remain transparent in today’s creative space, as well as his top tips for getting the most out of the YouTube algorithm. They discuss how Ali’s day-to-day life has changed from when he was a doctor, what he does now to optimize his work day as much as possible and also his dream team behind it all! Episode Timestamps[04:14] - Rewinding to the beginning: Life as a doctor[05:06] - When Ali first started his YouTube channel [06:10] - Generating 20years+ worth of income as a doctor in one year[08:16] - When will it become too much?[09:26] - Ali’s YouTube growth stages and why consistency is key [12:10] - Are collaborations still as effective as they used to be on YouTube?[15:19] - What a day in the life looked like for Ali in 2019[17:13] - What a day in the life looks like today[19:21] - How Ali’s calendar would change if he won the lottery today[22:25] - Deciding what you want your legacy and impact to be[24:28] - Surrounding yourself with other people you can help and serve[26:33] - Full break down of Ali’s team and their roles[30:30] - What the next 5-years look like for Ali and his businessEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe process it’s taken Ali to get to 4.3 million YouTube subscribersThe eye opening moment of generating 20+ years worth of income as a doctor in just one yearHow Ali’s day-to-day life has significantly changed since 2019The dream team behind Ali’s business and their rolesWhat the next 5-years look like for Ali and the businessImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Connect with AliCheck Out Ali’s YouTube ChannelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator Waitlist<a href="http://chrisducker.com/roundtable" rel="noopener...
5/28/2023 • 34 minutes, 27 seconds
How to Collaborate with Industry Peers Successfully
Henry Ford once said, “Coming together is a beginning. Keeping together is progress. Working together is success." In this episode, Chris discusses the importance of collaborations with industry peers, and how to do it successfully! He talks about his brand new podcast, This is Online Business, in which he co-hosted with his friend of 10+ years, Jeff Walker. Chris emphasizes the benefits that collaborations can bring, why it’s a great learning tool for us entrepreneurs and his top five reasons for why it’s essential for positioning yourself as an expert in your niche. Episode Timestamps[01:53] - The pandemic forced us to stay more connected[03:05] - Where the idea of This is Online Business came from[04:39] - Good people attract good people[07:12] - Cross promotion and the benefits it can bring[08:37] - The importance of co-creating content[10:33] - How to kickstart the collaboration conversation[13:23] - Combining resources and [15:19] - Where Chris and Jeff’s friendship beganEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhat you shouldn’t be worried about when it comes to collaborating with someone elseThe huge benefits collaboration can have on your businessThe importance of surrounding yourself with smart peopleWhy you should be building meaningful relationships Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Listen to This is Online Business on AppleListen to This is Online Business on SpotifyTake the Next Step Business AssessmentGet a Signed & Limited Edition of Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely...
5/22/2023 • 17 minutes, 49 seconds
How to Be a Family First Entrepreneur with Steve Chou
When it comes to balancing work and family life, it can sometimes be difficult to effectively do both. In this episode, Chris invites Steve Chou onto the show to discuss his new book, the Family First Entrepreneur.They talk about how to achieve financial freedom without sacrificing what matters most, why Steve felt the need to write the book for entrepreneurs who have families, as well as the systems and processes he follows to ensure that he’s not only achieving his business goals, but also being present for his family as and when they need him. If this is something you’re currently struggling with and have been wanting to improve, this episode is perfect for you! Episode Timestamps[07:52] - Why Steve felt the need to write this book for entrepreneurs who have families[09:20] - The Four Burners Theory and how we can leverage it as entrepreneurs[16:15] - The processes and systems Steve follows to stay focused and on track with his goals, whilst still being there for his family[22:09] - Steve’s ecosystem and the different revenue streams he has in place[25:59] - Embracing change and why it’s important that we adapt with the times[28:54] - Lifecycle marketing, automation and taking customers on a journeyEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy Steve wanted to write this book to share his perspective on how to balance family and businessHow entrepreneurs can still be present with their family, whilst achieving financial freedomThe Four Burners Theory and how we can utilize it as entrepreneursBreakdown of Steve’s ecosystem and the different revenue streams he has in placeImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of The Family First EntrepreneurTake the Next Step Business AssessmentGet a Signed & Limited Edition of Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one...
5/1/2023 • 36 minutes, 44 seconds
Amazon KDP Terminated My Account and Deleted My Book. Here's What I Did!
As a self published author, not having your book available to buy on Amazon is a big problem. After five years since Rise of the Youpreneur was first shared with the world, Chris received an email from Amazon KDP informing him that they would be terminating his account... for no reason at all. After digging around online, trying to make sense of the situation, Chris soon realized that this has happened to a lot of self published authors. In this episode, Chris walks through the timeline from first being notified to the current status of his appeal, what he’s done to stay proactive, and why he’s thankful to have built his business on his online home that he owns, and not rented land.Episode Timestamps[01:56] - What is Amazon KDP?[03:05] - Backstory to launching Rise of the Youpreneur[12:25] - Being proactive and persistent[16:41] - Not building your business on rented land[18:04] - When life gives you lemons… you make lemonade! Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe reasoning behind self publishing Rise of the YoupreneurWhy Amazon KDP can be great for self published authors most of the timeThe importance of not building your business on rented landMaking the most out of the situation and how we’re continuing to serve our community!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Get a Signed & Limited Edition of Rise of the Youpreneur!Join the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
4/24/2023 • 22 minutes, 7 seconds
Publishing a Book: An Honest and Real Conversation with Mark Leruste
In this episode, Chris invites Mark Leruste onto the show for the first time to discuss his book, Glow in the Dark! They discuss the challenges of launching a book, including marketing and promotion, and the requirements needed to make it on the Sunday Times bestseller list in the UK. They also touch on the biggest hurdle Mark experienced on launch day, how he turned it around to play in his favor, as well as the pros and cons of traditional publishing vs. self publishing… plus a whole lot more! If you’re thinking about writing your first (or next!) book, this is a conversation you won’t want to miss. Episode Timestamps[07:16] - Publishing traditionally, launching in December and what it takes to become a bestseller[16:27] - The biggest hurdle Mark experienced on the launch day and how he turned it around into a strong marketing campaign[21:05] - Mark’s take on the publishing industry as a whole after going through it[30:13] - The original idea for Mark’s book and how it pivoted over time [33:37] - Who Glow in the Dark is for and what it truly focuses onEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe pros and cons of traditional publishing vs. self publishingHow Mark took a situation out of his control and played in his favor during launch weekMark’s take on the publishing industry and his advice for people wanting to publish a book traditionallyWhy entrepreneurs need to share their stories more often to transform their businessImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of Glow in the DarkJoin the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
4/17/2023 • 42 minutes, 19 seconds
The Future of AI-Driven Marketing with Daniel Priestley
As business owners, we always want to be tweaking and trying out new things - even more so when they make our ‘work’ a little easier! In this episode, Chris invites Daniel Priestley onto the show to discuss scorecard marketing and the future of AI-driven marketing. They talk about Daniel’s new company, ScoreApp and how it can be used for lead generation and customer segmentation (something we’re currently using ourselves here at Youpreneur!). They also discuss the challenges entrepreneurs have faced when it comes to generating new leads post-pandemic and how we can stay ahead of the curve during times of disruption and change.Episode Timestamps[05:07] - Using Scorecard marketing for lead generation and customer segmentation[20:23] - Challenges entrepreneurs have faced post-pandemic when it comes to generating new leads into our ecosystem[24:22] - The importance of being proactive rather than reactive[29:58] - Using AI to serve up the right content to your audience based on where they are in their journeyEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeScorecard marketing and how you can utilize it in your businessChallenges in marketing and lead generation post-pandemicWhy entrepreneurs should always be proactive and not reactive in times of changeThe future of marketing and the role AI will playImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get 30-Days Free Trial on ScoreAppJoin the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
4/10/2023 • 34 minutes, 3 seconds
The Importance of Community and Belonging to the Brand with Mark Schaefer
Chris invites Mark Schaefer back onto the show to discuss his latest book, Belonging to the Brand, which is all about building a community and how it’s potentially the last great marketing strategy of our time!They both discuss the importance of accessibility and creating sparks of opportunity for others. They touch on the pandemic and how big brands reacted in the wrong way, as opposed to smaller companies who stuck to their brand, and realized their community was also struggling, which resulted in positive reactions from their audience. Mark also emphasizes why community is more important than we may think it is and how it can be used as a powerful brand marketing opportunity. Episode Timestamps[03:54] - Why Mark will always keep his doors open for one-to-one meetings[10:41] - How we can be heard in today’s busy world and how we can stand out as entrepreneurs[14:00] - One of the main reasons Mark decided to write this book[15:15:] - How community can be the ultimate marketing strategy without relying on traditional advertising or promotions[24:09] - The biggest advantage from a marketing standpoint when it comes to building a community Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe power of building a community and why we should all be focusing more on itWe’ve never been more connected, yet disconnected in today’s worldWhat entrepreneurs can do to stand out and be heardHow community can be the ultimate marketing strategy without relying on paid advertisingImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of Belonging to the BrandJoin the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this...
4/3/2023 • 29 minutes, 33 seconds
5 Ways to Make More Money By Doing Less Work
If your business isn’t making real money, what you have is a hobby, not a business. In this episode, Chris shares 5 ways you can make more money by doing LESS work - yes you read that right!He emphasizes the importance of raising your prices and not apologizing for it, why every business must have systems and processes in place, and how to best utilize digital products to bring in passive income. He also discusses how you can scale your business as a Youpreneur and shares some of the key things we did during our program launch last November which made it a huge success. Episode Timestamps[04:43] - eBooks are still a great way to show your expertise and can easily be sold on different platforms and integrated into your email funnels[06:23] - How you can utilize online courses as a way to teach people specific skills or strategies [07:10] - Downloadable digital files such as templates and worksheets enables you to offer a solution to your audience’s problem and provide a clear process for them to follow[08:10] - Why membership sites are a great way to move to the one-to-many approach and how they can provide a predictable, recurring income for your business[13:17] - The importance of creating a compelling and clarity driven offer for your community[16:46] - Creating and launching a new coaching program for success[19:05] - Never underestimate the power of the follow up! Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeDigital products are a great way to add in extra revenue streams to your ecosystem and doesn't require your time after they’ve been created Why every entrepreneur will have to transition to a one-to-many approach at some point in their journey How to create a group coaching program that is attractive and provides real results for your clientsThe importance of gathering as much feedback as you can post-launch so that you can make sure you make improvements for the next oneImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet...
3/28/2023 • 21 minutes, 43 seconds
The Power of Consistency in Email Marketing with Jason Resnick
In this episode, Jason Resnick joins Chris to discuss all things email marketing when it comes to building a profitable business around your expertise. They deep dive into the importance of consistency and why a lot of entrepreneurs struggle with it, as well as Jason’s top tips for testing your list and finding out what works well. Jason also emphasizes why it’s vital to offer both free and paid content to your subscribers, and the need for improvement in your email marketing strategy, regardless of how big your email list is or how long you’ve been in the game for! Episode Timestamps[05:24] - Why entrepreneurs struggle with their email marketing [07:13] - The results Jason saw when he became more consistent[13:10] - The power of repurposing existing content [15:45] - Jason’s top tips for curating new ideas[20:18] - How to improve the health of your email listEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy we struggle with email marketing is a mindset thing, not a capability thingWhen you consistently show up, that’s your competitive advantageIt’s not about how big your list is, it’s about how engaged those people areNot being worried about being too ‘salesy’, you’re solving a problem for your audienceImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Check Out Nurture KitApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
3/20/2023 • 31 minutes, 20 seconds
The Science Behind Entrepreneurial Mindset with Michael Hyatt
In this episode, Chris invites Michael Hyatt back onto the show to discuss his latest book, Mind Your Mindset which he co-authored with his daughter and CEO of Full Focus, Megan Hyatt Miller. They discuss how we can zoom in on challenging ourselves and how to control the narrative that we have as business owners when it comes to problems we face. As well as the opportunities that are presented to us and how to best utilize certain situations that we put ourselves in. Episode Timestamps[04:12] - Where the idea came from for Mind Your Mindset [11:04] - The science behind how we think and our memories[22:19] - Imposter Syndrome and how it plays into our mindset[26:37] - The relationship between our language and our thinking[31:38] - Michael’s open heart surgery and how he managed his mindset during the recovery stageEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeHow Michael’s coach made him realize his leadership was the issue and the changes he madeUp to 20% of our memories are likely made up, and up to 70% are distorted in some significant wayHow we can overcome Imposter Syndrome as entrepreneurs The reciprocal relationship between our language and our thinkingImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of Mind Your MindsetApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
3/13/2023 • 36 minutes, 42 seconds
Unlocking the Power of Your Greatness with Lewis Howes
The saying “Live Your Best Life” has been thrown around for decades, but what does it actually mean, and more importantly, how do we achieve it? In this episode, Chris invites his very good friend and New York Times best-selling author, Lewis Howes back onto the show to discuss his new book, The Greatness Mindset.They deep dive into the personal shifts Lewis has experienced over the last couple of years and what they’ve meant to him, as well as healing, having more abundance in our lives as entrepreneurs and a whole lot more! Grab a notebook for this one, you’re going to need it! Episode Timestamps[03:14] - Lewis reflects on how he feels with where he is in his life right now[07:02] - How Lewis has become more present in everything he does [16:08] - The shift Lewis experienced in the past 2-years and what it’s done for him and his business[20:03] - Why Lewis decided to wait until now to write the book[25:51] - The Greatness domain and why Lewis felt he needed to have it[28:14] - How content has changed over the past 10-yearsEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe personal shifts Lewis has experienced and what they’ve meant to himIf something doesn’t authentically align with you, put it off until you’re readyBe proud of what you’ve achieved, even if you didn’t hit the main goalWhy it’s important to change with the times and not get left behindImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of The Greatness MindApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
3/7/2023 • 36 minutes, 56 seconds
Avoiding Overwhelm and Setting Boundaries with Yasmine Cheyenne
Whether you’re just getting started, or you’ve been in the entrepreneurial game for a while, you’ll come to realize that time is your most valuable commodity. A lot of entrepreneurs struggle to say no to opportunities that don’t align with their purpose but feel guilty about turning it down. This is where overwhelm kicks in after you’ve said yes to everything and you simply don’t have enough time in the day to get everything done!In this episode, Chris invites Yasmine Cheyenne onto the show to discuss her new book, the Sugar Jar: Create Boundaries, Embrace Self-Healing, and Enjoy the Sweet Things in Life. Yasmine explains why entrepreneurs are still struggling with their time, how we can better align ourselves with the opportunities that make sense, how to look after ourselves by setting boundaries and so much more!Episode Timestamps[04:10] - The idea behind the Sugar Jar[10:12] - Why are we still struggling with time?[13:31] - The reason why you don’t have time for the right opportunities [15:43] - Boundaries create space[22:36] - The hardest thing to let go of as entrepreneurs[24:06] - The concept of filling up your Sugar JarEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe importance of being clear on the purpose of what you’re doingAligning yourself with opportunities that make sense, and saying no to everything elseSetting boundaries and sticking to themWhy we struggle to let go of disappointmentsImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of the Sugar JarApply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
2/27/2023 • 29 minutes, 24 seconds
Make More Money and Change the World with Amy Porterfield
Wondering how you can make more money and change the world? You’re in luck! In this episode, Chris invites Amy Porterfield back onto the show to talk all about her latest book, Two Weeks Notice!They take a trip down memory lane and reminisce about their 15-year friendship, Amy explains why she decided to write the book and compile all of her experiences to help others, and so much more!Episode Timestamps[04:07] - Relationships should be treasured, not used[08:24] - Amy’s success over the years and what she thinks of it[10:33] - The reason behind Two Weeks Notice[12:24] - Amy’s biggest mindset shift[16:07] - How Amy has kept her business model simple and streamlined[20:18] - The roadmap included in the book[22:17] - The most fun Amy has had during her entrepreneurial journey[23:45] - The worst time Amy went through as an entrepreneur [25:35] - Amy’s advice for creating more opportunitiesEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe difference between ‘deal’ friends and real friendsHow Amy has gotten to where she is today Why you need to ‘unboss’ yourself early on in your journeyHaving a simple business model vs. having too many offeringsThe key lessons Amy has learned and how they’ve shaped her businessImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Apply for Chris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindAmy’s New Book: Two Weeks NoticeTake the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
2/21/2023 • 28 minutes, 42 seconds
Going Full Circle On a Personal Brand with Ryan Lee
When it comes to starting new ventures and pivoting, when is enough, enough? There’s only so much bandwidth one person has and there comes a time when you need to make the decision of stepping back and just focus on the one thing that fulfills you. In this episode, Chris invites Ryan Lee back onto the show after 7 years! They discuss pivoting, burnout, starting new companies, selling old companies, why entrepreneurs should be streamlining things, how to sell effectively and Ryan’s decision to go full circle on his personal brand.Episode Timestamps[04:32] - Why you shouldn’t have the hustle and grind mentality[10:04] - Low margins and why it means something’s broken [12:04] - Ryan’s previous struggles and where the idea of his nutrition company came from[17:42] - Balancing multiple companies and when Ryan realized it was too much[25:10] - Why we need to act more like human beings and not sales machines[28:00] - Ryan’s plan for generating income during this new chapterEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeGoing against the hustle and grind mentalityEntrepreneurs wanting more but are failing to take care of their peopleRyan’s experience with burnout and wanting to create something funPeople will do business with who they like, know and trustIt’s not about being better, it’s about being differentImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Go Show Ryan Some Love! Take the Next Step Business AssessmentSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast Archive
2/13/2023 • 41 minutes, 54 seconds
Get Your 'Q1 Clean-Up' Done Now!
When it comes to running an online business, there are so many moving parts it can be difficult to keep track of everything. But, we can’t continue to dismiss things and hope that they’ll sort themselves out! In this episode, Chris shares the importance of why every business owner should be doing a quarterly clean-up and walks you through what the Youpreneur team has been working on this past week to get OUR clean-up done! Tune into the full episode to find out what we did, and more!Episode Timestamps[00:50] - What the Youpreneur team has been up to! [03:17] - Website overhaul and server switch[04:33] - Deep cleanse of our email list, sequences and funnels[06:21] - Improving our Facebook ad strategy[07:50] - Landing page clean upEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy quarterly clean-ups are vital for your businessWhat the clean up can do for not only yourself as the CEO, but your team too!The importance of cleansing your email list throughout the year to increase engagement and open ratesMaking sure you’re always looking at things and how to improve themImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Take the Next Step Business AssessmentChris’ Inner Circle, the Round Table MastermindGet on the Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistGet 45-days FREE on ConvertKitSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
2/6/2023 • 12 minutes, 4 seconds
How to Buy Back Your Time with Dan Martell
We all wish there was more time in the day, but how can we truly buy back our time without jeopardizing specific areas in our business and life? In this episode, Chris invites Dan Martell onto the show to talk all about his new book, Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Reclaim Your Freedom and Build Your Empire. Dan discusses the pain line that most entrepreneurs will face and how to manage it, as well as the Five “Time Assassins” and what they mean for business owners, plus so much more! Episode Timestamps[04:40] - The WHY behind Dan’s new book[06:57] - The pain line that most entrepreneurs will face[15:07] - The Five “Time Assassins”[25:00] - The power of the executive assistant[32:19] - The people who manage Dan’s life and why they’re so importantEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhat the pain line is and why every business owner will come face to face with it at some point in their journeyThe wake up call and the turning point for DanDan breaks down the Five “Time Assassins” and what they meanWhy every entrepreneur needs to have an executive assistant if they want to get their time backThe two people who manage Dan’s life and the reason why he can’t live without themImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Celebrating the 5th Anniversary of Rise of the YoupreneurTake the Next Step Business AssessmentPick Up a Copy of Buy Back Your TimeSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
1/23/2023 • 38 minutes, 50 seconds
The Anti-Hustle Guide to Growing Your Business with Jadah Sellner
When it comes to building a business, particularly at the start-up beginning phase, there’s going to be a lot of uncomfortable situations you find yourself in – but they’re necessary in order to enable you to grow as an entrepreneur. However, one thing you can prevent doing is burning yourself out during this process. In this episode, Chris invites Jadah Sellner back onto the show to discuss her new book, She Builds: The Anti-Hustle Guide to Grow Your Business and Nourish Your Life. Jadah discusses the importance of nurturing and nourishing yourself, particularly as a business owner and how to do it effectively whilst growing a business! Episode Timestamps[05:20] - Jadah’s new book and where the idea came from [08:50] - The start-up phase in building a business[13:20] - Identifying your retirement number [17:39] - Building a support-squad[21:45] - Why Jadah focused on women for this bookEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe importance of nurturing and nourishing yourself as a business ownerBuilding sustainable practices to avoid staying stressed all of the timeBeing uncomfortable at times during the start-up phaseWhy every entrepreneur needs a support-squadImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick up a copy of Jadah’s new book!Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
11/30/2022 • 29 minutes, 8 seconds
Putting Your Youpreneur Ecosystem Together
Struggling to see the bigger picture? Chances are, you’re not quite sure what your ecosystem of products looks like (or could look like) and you need some help doing an overhaul of what you currently have for offer, and mapping out your customer’s journey with you as the expert. DOORS ARE CLOSING: Join our proven 12-month accelerator the Youpreneur Incubator to grow and future-proof your highly-profitable, expert-based business (without compromising your time, health, happiness or sanity!) Join us on the inside before doors close on Friday November 18th at Midnight PST. In this episode, Chris helps you put your very own Youpreneur ecosystem together! He explains why it’s important to see the bigger picture for long-term success and why you should never put all of your eggs in one monetization basket. Episode Timestamps[00:44] - The doors are about to close! [04:16] - Why you should be diversifying your offers[07:14] - Putting a monetary value next to what you’re doing[12:00] - Getting people to pay you for your expertise Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeNot putting all of your eggs in one monetization basketDiversifying your income streams as much as you canThe line between being the “freebie influencer” and being an expertAccepting that the sales process takes timeImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the Youpreneur Incubator before the doors close on November 18th!Pick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
11/17/2022 • 15 minutes, 11 seconds
How to Actually Make Money From Your Expert Business!
If you’re not generating any income from your business, what you have is a hobby… and we don’t need any more hobbies! DOORS ARE OPEN: Join our proven 12-month accelerator the Youpreneur Incubator to grow and future-proof your highly-profitable, expert-based business (without compromising your time, health, happiness or sanity!) Join us on the inside before doors close on Friday November 17th at Midnight PST. In this episode, Chris shares his top three ways you can figure out what your audience wants from you so that you can start generating an income in your expert business! Episode Timestamps[00:41] - Doors to the Youpreneur Incubator are open![03:54] - Figuring out how to make money from your expertise[04:16] - You don’t have a business if you’re not making any money[06:37] - Primary profit mentality [08:24] - The easiest way to figure out what your audience wants Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeIt doesn’t need to be as hard as you may think it isWhy you need to have a primary profit mentality You have a hobby, not a business if you’re not bringing in any incomeThe #1 way to figuring out what it is your audience wants from youImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the Youpreneur Incubator before the doors close on November 17th!Pick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
11/10/2022 • 15 minutes, 52 seconds
Go From Overwhelmed to Elevated!
The last couple of years have been a real struggle. People aren’t seeing the results they want to, they’re not hitting revenue targets and a lot of us are working flat out, and not getting to where we want to go. This is why we’ve decided to run a FREE 3-day virtual event called the Elevated Entrepreneur Experience where Chris is going to help you end 2022 in profit, and elevate your expert business in 2023! He’s going to show you how to create a repeatable, scalable system to generate high quality leads, and more importantly, how to convert them into loyal customers… plus a whole lot more! We would love for you to join us and a whole group of like minded entrepreneurs to work ON your business and help you put a plan together to crush your 2023 goals. Secure your spot here - it’s free! Episode Timestamps[01:32] - Why we’ve decided to do this event[02:52] - It’s time for you to get unstuck[03:18] - When things are broken[05:24] - What you’ll learn at the event[07:47] - Behind the scenesEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeIt’s time to stop ignoring what’s not working and start making changesSimple will get you more resultsYou CAN build a wildly successful business without burning outWhy it’s important to do a business overhaul Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us for the FREE Elevated Entrepreneur Experience on November 8-10th!Pick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
11/2/2022 • 13 minutes, 45 seconds
Why You Need to Start Building Your Team
It’s impossible to do it all on our own! But, once you start building your team to help you grow your business, the results and growth will follow! Your job as the leader is to focus on the bigger picture and bigger decision making, and staying in your zone of genius.BRAND NEW: Let us help you end 2022 in profit and elevate your expert business in 2023! On November 8-10th, Chris is hosting a FREE 3-day virtual event called the Elevated Entrepreneur Experience where he’ll show you how to create a repeatable, scalable system to generate high quality leads, and more importantly, convert them into loyal customers… plus a whole lot more. Save your spot here, it’s free!In this episode, Chris deep dives into why you need to start building your team if you want to see real business growth! He shares his top tips on how to get started with delegation, what tasks you need to outsource and who to outsource them to. Episode Timestamps[02:42] - When Chris first hit a brick wall and the business was running him[05:43] - What is superhero syndrome?[07:57] - How to get started with delegation[12:51] - There is no such thing as a super-vaEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe power of delegation and outsourcing to virtual teamsFocusing on the things that only YOU can do Who you should be delegating tasks toDon’t expect to find one person who you can outsource everything toImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us for the FREE Elevated Entrepreneur Experience on November 8-10th!Avoiding Entrepreneurial Burnout, Without Losing Business, or Your Health!Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to...
10/26/2022 • 14 minutes, 11 seconds
Spread Your Message More Than Ever Before!
Spreading your message doesn’t necessarily mean constantly pumping out new pieces of content. What it truly comes down to is always serving your audience, and actively trying to find out what they need from you. WE’RE BACK, AGAIN! Join us live and in-person for the second 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on November 24 in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working and crafting a plan to springboard your growth going into 2023 and beyond (we also have the amazing Carrie Wilkerson joining us as our guest speaker!) Limited places available, secure yours before it’s too late! In this episode, Chris shares his top tips on how to spread your message more than ever before! He explains why you should be viewing yourself as an online media company, how to become the go-to person in your industry and so much more! Episode Timestamps[03:55] - The key to being seen as an expert[05:53] - Viewing your brand as an online media company[06:52] - Aiming to be the go-to person in your industry[09:50] - Taking advantage of live videoEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy every Youpreneur should view themselves and their brand as an online media companyThe importance of interacting with your audienceA reminder that everything you put online doesn’t have to be super polished and perfectUtilizing the power of live videoImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person For the Second 1-Day Business Breakthrough Event!Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
10/19/2022 • 13 minutes, 9 seconds
Springboard Your Content Marketing Plan
Content marketing is something that a lot of online entrepreneurs struggle to get to grips with, and rightly so! It can be difficult to come up with multiple pieces of new content every month and we end up being stuck on the content hamster wheel – which we want to avoid. WE’RE BACK, AGAIN! Join us live and in-person for the second 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on November 24 in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working and crafting a plan to springboard your growth going into 2023 and beyond (we also have the amazing Carrie Wilkerson joining us as our guest speaker!) Limited places available, secure yours before it’s too late! In this episode, Chris shares his top tips on how to springboard your content marketing plan and explains why it doesn’t need to be as complicated as you may think. He also touches on why content repurposing will become your new best friend!Episode Timestamps[03:20] - Identifying where you want to be seen and heard[03:41] - Plotting out what type of content you want to share [05:49] - The effective way to repurpose your content [08:54] - Delegating and getting some help[11:26] - Analyzing the numbers Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeYou can’t be seen everywhere, so be sure to pick one or two specific platforms where your audience are most active Every piece of content you create should either educate, entertain or inspire your audienceRepurposing existing content is the key to avoid being stuck on the content hamster wheelContent marketing consists of a lot of different moving parts, look into delegating specific tasks to your team members or a VA to help youAlways look at the numbers to see which content is resonating with your communityImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person For the Second 1-Day Business Breakthrough Event!Amy Woods of Content 10XVirtual FreedomEpisode 304 - The Art of DelegationGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast Archive<a...
10/12/2022 • 15 minutes, 16 seconds
Creating Content to Attract Your Perfect Customer
Thinking of what type of content to create for your audience can be tricky at times. However, there are a couple of things you can do to make it easier to ensure that you’re creating content that will attract your ideal customer and make them fall in love with you over time. WE’RE BACK, AGAIN! Join us live and in-person for the second 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on November 24 in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working and crafting a plan to springboard your growth going into 2023 and beyond (we also have the amazing Carrie Wilkerson joining us as our guest speaker!) Limited places available, secure yours before it’s too late! In this episode, Chris helps you put a plan together for creating content to attract your perfect customer and how you can build an audience of people who truly get what you’re about, and stick around!Episode Timestamps[03:30] - Establishing what you want to be known for[04:47] - Solving a problem for your audience[06:40] - Sticking to the five W’s[12:27] - Something to remember when you’re creating your next piece of contentEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeFiguring out how to become somebody’s favoriteYour content should always solve a problem for your audience Building an archive of content people can browse through as and when they need toBeing consistent is more important than you may think it is when it comes to building an engaged audienceImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person For the Second 1-Day Business Breakthrough Event!Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this...
10/5/2022 • 14 minutes, 17 seconds
Listening to Your Customer's Needs
If you’re currently struggling with figuring out if what you’re currently offering to your audience is working, this episode is perfect for you! It’s vital that you not only listen to your customer’s needs, but you also need to find out exactly what it is they want from you, too. WE’RE BACK, AGAIN! Join us live and in-person for the second 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on November 24 in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working and crafting a plan to springboard your growth going into 2023 and beyond (we also have the amazing Carrie Wilkerson joining us as our guest speaker!) Limited places available, secure yours before it’s too late! In this episode, Chris helps you figure out what your customer’s needs are, why you should lean into the data and where you should be spending your money to better serve your audience. Episode Timestamps[03:19] - The numbers never lie[06:05] - Finding your ideal demographic[07:32] - The importance of approaching your audience[09:21] - How to survey your audienceEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy you shouldn’t ignore the numbers and how to use them to your advantagePersonal outreach to your followers can be more powerful than you thinkThe people following you want more from youThe best way to survey your audience to get feedbackImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person For the Second 1-Day Business Breakthrough Event!Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
9/28/2022 • 12 minutes, 28 seconds
The Formula to a Simple, Yet Effective Email Marketing Funnel!
A lot of people get overwhelmed when it comes to putting an email marketing funnel together. But, it’s actually more straightforward than most people think!WE’RE BACK, AGAIN! Join us live and in-person for the second 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on November 24 in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working and crafting a plan to springboard your growth going into 2023 and beyond (we also have the amazing Carrie Wilkerson joining us as our guest speaker!) Limited places available, secure yours before it’s too late! In this episode, Chris shares the formula to a simple, yet effective email marketing funnel and breaks down each step so that you can start putting yours together straight away!Episode Timestamps[03:39] - Mapping out your customer journey [05:46] - Creating your welcome email series[07:34] - Deciding on your lead magnet [09:37] - The right way to address new customers[11:22] - Engaging with your non-buyersEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy mapping out your customer journey is so importantCreating an email funnel doesn’t need to be complicated Making your lead magnet relevant to what you’re offeringWhy you shouldn’t ignore your non-buyersImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person For the Second 1-Day Business Breakthrough Event!Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
9/21/2022 • 8 minutes, 30 seconds
Why You Should Be Focusing on Growing Your Email List
One of the biggest mistakes any online entrepreneur can make is prioritizing growing their social media following over growing their email list. Although having a strong online presence is important, you don’t have full control over those platforms; but, you do have control over your own email list. WE’RE BACK, AGAIN! Join us live and in-person for the second 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on November 24 in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working and crafting a plan to springboard your growth going into 2023 and beyond (we also have the amazing Carrie Wilkerson joining us as our guest speaker!) Limited places available, secure yours before it’s too late! In this episode, Chris deep dives into why you should be focusing on growing your email list now more than ever before, and why you should continue showing up for your subscribers on a regular basis even after they’ve signed up. Episode Timestamps[05:52] - How to get your next 100 email subscribers[07:29] - The number rule of list building [09:04] - Consistency is more important than you think[12:26] - A challenge for you to take on, today!Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhen you’re building an email list, you want to build a list of highly engaged email subscribers If you struggle to send out regular emails, block out an entire morning and batch a month’s worth of emails in one goGetting your subscribers to self segment themselves will benefit you in the long runThe email challenge you can get started with that will provide resultsImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person For the Second 1-Day Business Breakthrough Event!Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on...
9/14/2022 • 16 minutes, 34 seconds
Building a Future-Proof Personal Brand
It’s never been easier to build a personal brand business. However, with that, comes a crowded online space making it much harder to stand out from your competitors. WE’RE BACK, AGAIN! Join us live and in-person for the second 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on November 24 in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working and crafting a plan to springboard your growth going into 2023 and beyond (we also have the amazing Carrie Wilkerson joining us as our guest speaker!) Limited places available, secure yours before it’s too late! In this episode, Chris talks all about how to build a future-proof personal brand and shares the things we should be doing on a daily basis to build a business for the future!Episode Timestamps[03:23] - It’s never been easier to build a personal brand business[04:41] - Remaining top of mind and staying relevant[07:23] - Being seen to sell[09:13] - If we’re not learning, we’re losingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeYour content should always share your idea in a clarity driven and focused mannerWhy it’s vital to stay top of mind in today’s online worldShowing your audience what you have to offer on a regular basisMaking sure that you’re always learning and developing yourselfImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person For the Second 1-Day Business Breakthrough Event!Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
9/7/2022 • 12 minutes, 10 seconds
Why Being Uniquely YOU Will Always Win
The online entrepreneurship space is extremely crowded. It’s getting increasingly harder to stand out when there are so many people copying what others are doing. However, we shouldn’t let those people hold us back from sharing value with our community. In this episode, Chris talks about the power of being an original, why being different will always be better than being better, and why you should lean into your uniqueness now more than ever before. Episode Timestamps[01:20] - The problem with the entrepreneurship space[02:06] - Being different is better than being better [02:52] - The Self Awareness Test[06:53] - Youpreneur 90-Second Next Step AssessmentEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe power of being an originalYour personal brand is what people say about you when you’re not in the roomIdentifying your strengths and delegating your weaknessesThere’s nothing more relatable to your audience than YOUImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Youpreneur Next Step AssessmentGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/31/2022 • 9 minutes
How to Stop Procrastinating and Start Taking Action!
Overthinking and procrastinating is something that we’ve all experienced. Although we can never completely stop doing it, there are a couple of things we CAN do to limit how much we overthink and procrastinate, and still take action on the things we can control! In this episode, Chris delves into the topic of overthinking as entrepreneurs and shares his top five ways for thinking more positively on a day-to-day basis and how to set up your day for success. Episode Timestamps[01:44] - Does it really matter?[02:36] - Setting your day up for success[03:49] - Minimize your daily input [04:38] - Become a person of action[06:20] - Accept that you can’t control everythingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeAdding short breaks into your day after you complete a specific taskA stressed morning leads to a stressed dayBecoming a person who takes action every single dayRealizing that there are only certain things in your controlImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page
8/24/2022 • 9 minutes, 24 seconds
How to Be a Great Podcast Guest
Being a guest on somebody else’s podcast is a great way to build your authority and be seen as the go-to leader in your niche. Not to mention, it’s also an opportunity for you to expand your network. In this episode, Chris shares his six top tips on how to be a great podcast guest! He discusses how to make the right first impression, why you should always be a fan first and foremost and how to properly promote your business during the interview when you’re given the chance to. Episode Timestamps[02:09] - Being a fan first and foremost[03:11] - Doing your research[03:46] - Personalizing your pitch [05:06] - Always make it about the host[05:37] - Having one clear CTA for listeners to take action on[06:21] - The follow-upEssential Learning Points From This EpisodePersonalizing your pitch so that it’s not generic and stands outThe two ‘B’s you should incorporate in your pitchNever underestimate the power of the follow upAvoid confusing listeners with too many CTAsImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/17/2022 • 8 minutes, 26 seconds
The Best Expert Business Domain Name
One question that frequently comes up in the personal branding space is: “Should I buy a personal or brand domain name?” and it’s an extremely important question to address. In this episode, Chris shares the best strategy to use when buying the right domain name for your business, the common misconceptions about personal branding, and why expert businesses have the ability to pivot as and when they feel the need to. Episode Timestamps[00:58] - Breaking down the misconceptions[02:42] - Domain to choose as a personal brand entrepreneur[04:00] - Don’t build a brand using your name if you plan to sell the business[05:26] - Pivoting is built directly into your personal brand already[06:50] - Making the final decisionEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe questions you need to ask yourself before deciding on using your name for your domainWhy we think there is a ceiling on growth potential if we use our personal namesAs a personal brand entrepreneur, you’re free to pivot and start talking about something new as long as it continues to provide value for your communityUnless you’re looking to sell your business, stick with your name!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/10/2022 • 10 minutes, 27 seconds
How to Successfully Launch Your Next Product
Although launches can be extremely stressful for us entrepreneurs, they enable us to step out of our comfort zone and try new things we’ve never done before. They’re usually a huge learning curve, and it’s crucial that we learn from the mistakes and improve the strategies and processes for the next time!In this episode, Chris walks you through the four main stages of a launch, what pre-testing strategies you can try, how to make the right first impression with your audience and the most important components for a successful launch. Episode Timestamps[01:56] - The four stages of a launch[02:35] - Finding out what your audience actually want[06:51] - Sharing your new product with the world[09:57] - Strategies for your launch[14:31] - Post-launchEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe different pre-testing strategies you can useEnsuring you get validation for your ideaThe three most important ingredients for a successful launchKeeping momentum going after the launchImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/3/2022 • 19 minutes, 6 seconds
Serving Up Community Content that Works
When you’re building an expert business, also known as “The Business of You”, it’s crucial that the content you’re publishing reflects your area of expertise and what you’re all about. In this episode, Chris shares his top three tips for serving up community content that works! Tune in to find out how you can make your content evergreen, provide value to your community and why consistency is key. Episode Timestamps[01:27] - Becoming somebody’s favorite[03:36] - Provide different formats for your content[04:55] - The importance of consistency [05:36] - Using your weekly newsletter as a content round-up Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe ability to solve people’s problems as an entrepreneurPay attention to the questions your audience are askingWhy you should be creating content in different formatsAlways include links to your new content in a weekly email Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/27/2022 • 4 minutes, 59 seconds
12 Ways to Boost Business Success
There is no clear path to ‘success’, and as entrepreneurs, there’s no rulebook for us to follow! We have to make mistakes and learn from them – that’s how you’ll achieve business success. In this episode, Chris shares 12 lessons he’s learned during his entrepreneurial journey that has boosted his business success and helped get him to where he is today. Tune into the full episode to hear how you can start implementing these strategies almost immediately! Episode Timestamps[01:01] - If it doesn’t get scheduled, it doesn’t get done[01:37] - Getting your creative work done in the morning[02:21] - Your customers will tell you what they need[02:48] - Overcoming your superhero syndrome[03:44] - Marketing like a magnet [05:41] - Having a P2P mindset[06:38] - Saying no more often[07:33] - Don’t be scared to pivot[08:36] - Knowing when to hit the pause button[09:10] - Different is better than being better[10:06] - Celebrate your winsEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe power of saying noHow some of the greatest business ideas come from pivotingPreventing entrepreneurial burnout by knowing when to take a breakWhy celebrating your wins is more important than you may thinkImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/20/2022 • 12 minutes, 10 seconds
3 Approaches for Making Your Brand Stand Out
Branding can be a hard nut to crack. But, there are a few ways you can differentiate your brand from others in your space to make it stand out from the crowd. In this episode, Chris shares 3 approaches for making your brand stand out! He deep dives into why you should be reinventing and differentiating within your niche, what it will mean for you and your brand and so much more!Episode Timestamps[01:21] - Telling your story more often[02:38] - Reinventing within your industry[04:07] - Don’t be afraid to be bold[04:51] - Market like a magnetEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy your founder story is like your heritage Creating something that is completely differentThe risk of being bold will bring the biggest resultsMarketing like a magnet = attract the best and repel the rest!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/13/2022 • 6 minutes, 48 seconds
Why You Need to Start Saying No More Often
When it comes to building and growing an expert based business, YOU are the business, and that means you have to protect both yourself and your time when it comes to what you say yes to. In this episode, Chris explains why you need to start saying no more often and the power of saying no. He deep dives into figuring out what your non-negotiables are and why it’s incredibly important to respect your boundaries. Episode Timestamps[00:20] - One of the most crucial things you’ll learn as an entrepreneur[02:12] - Only saying yes to the things that will serve YOU and your audience[03:52] - Where you should be spending your time[06:21] - Identifying your non-negotiablesEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe power of saying noNo longer doing things that do not serve youKnowing what your non-negotiables are as a YoupreneurListening to your gut-feelingImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/6/2022 • 9 minutes, 13 seconds
Keep Your Marketing Thriving While You Take a Break!
Pumping out new content on a weekly basis can become overwhelming at times. Especially if you have certain projects happening, product launches, or even school holidays for the children - it can be hard to get creative work done. In this episode, Chris deep dives into how to keep your marketing thriving while you take a break by repurposing old, but still relevant and high value content. Tune in to find out how we’ll be doing this ourselves for the next two-months whilst Chris takes some well deserved time off! Episode Timestamps[03:25] - Realizing when you need some time off[04:19] - Updates to the podcast[05:52] - How to use this strategy effectively[07:01] - Share your takeaways with Chris on Twitter or Instagram! Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the 1-Day Business Breakthrough™ WaitlistGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
6/29/2022 • 8 minutes, 47 seconds
3 Ways to Become an Unbreakable Entrepreneur
Ever wondered what it takes to become an unbreakable entrepreneur? There are many components that come into play, but truly understanding what you want to be known for and what your personal requirements are is more important than you may think. In this episode, Chris answers Andrew Sillitoe’s question on how to become an unbreakable entrepreneur. He deep dives into why it’s vital to become known as an entrepreneur, why the entry level to entrepreneurship is lower than it ever has been and so much more! Episode Timestamps[03:34] - It all starts with you – make a choice[05:30] - Don’t become stuck in the past[07:57] - Your ability to sense when you need to rest[09:06] - Taking time off Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeMake a choice of what you want to be known forWhat worked before may not work nowThe ability to understand your own personal requirementsKnowing when you need to take time off Want your question to be answered by Chris on the show? Send him a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST” followed by your question, or send an email to the team support@youpreneur.com with the subject line “PODCAST” and your question in the email. Important Links & Mentions From This Episode How to Become Known as an Expert [video]Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this...
6/22/2022 • 12 minutes, 10 seconds
How I Manage 3 Different Businesses Effectively
Running a business is hard work. It takes years to fully master the skill of managing a business effectively before you can start another business venture. But, when you do, the reward of seeing the hard work pay off is worth the struggles! In this episode, Chris discusses how he manages 3 different businesses effectively! He breaks down the 4C Media Group of Companies, how he’s learned to delegate the tasks other people can do and why it’s vital to stay in your zone of genius as an entrepreneur.Episode Timestamps[01:58] - 4C Media Group of Companies[02:47] - The power of delegation[03:41] - How Chris stays in his zone of genius[07:27] - The secret to managing 3 businesses effectivelyEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy delegation is key when you have more than one businessHow to stay in your zone of genius and stick to what you do bestBuilding a great team who can support your vision Staying on top of what is happening across all businessesWant your question to be answered by Chris on the show? Send him a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST” followed by your question, or send an email to the team support@youpreneur.com with the subject line “PODCAST” and your question in the email. Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
6/15/2022 • 9 minutes, 16 seconds
The Art of Acquiring New Clients, with Yuri Elkaim
Acquiring new clients on a regular basis can be a tricky task for many online entrepreneurs. But, when you have a system and process to follow that has been proven to work, it becomes a much less overwhelming task. In this episode, Chris is joined by Healthpreneur founder, Yuri Elkaim, to discuss the art of acquiring new clients. They deep dive into how to find your ideal customers, how to engage with them, perfecting Facebook ads, evergreen webinars and so much more!Episode Timestamps[03:43] - How Yuri started Healthpreneur [06:22] - The fastest and safest way to acquiring new clients[11:55] - Where people go wrong when trying to attract new clients[17:19] - Focus on how you can deliver for your audience[20:36] - Yuri’s approach to running Facebook ads[28:54] - How Yuri and his team have perfected their webinar to call funnel processEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy going all-in on your clients and their experience will result in your business having no competitorsUnderstanding that advertising is a skill like anything elseBeing consistent with Facebook ads and figuring out what worksYuri’s tips on how to have the perfect evergreen webinar to acquire new clientsImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode HealthpreneurGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
6/8/2022 • 47 minutes, 8 seconds
Hiring the Right Way to Scale Fast!
When it comes to hiring new team members, it can be tricky to find the right fit! Chances are, you may be hiring for the task, and not the role which is where problems can stem from. FEW SPACES LEFT: Join us LIVE and in person at our brand new 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on June 23, in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working in your business, understanding that conversations = conversions, planning your 90-day breakthrough plan for success, and we have Kymberlee Medina of Book Yourself Solid and Matthew Kimberley joining us as our incredible guest speakers! Limited places available, secure your place here. In this episode, Chris deep dives into how to hire the right way to scale fast! He touches on why every entrepreneur needs to find help when things start getting too busy to avoid burnout and shares his 3 Lists to Freedom exercise to help you identify the tasks you need to start delegating!Episode Timestamps[01:45] - Kristin’s question on monetization and scaling[03:35] - Finding the right help [04:22] - Hiring for the role, not the task[06:32] - 3 Lists to FreedomEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeHire people to become team membersIdentifying the things that you can start delegatingGrowing your team is essential to prevent burnoutThere is only one you… you can’t do it all alone!Want your question to be answered by Chris on the show? Send him a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST” followed by your question, or send an email to the team support@youpreneur.com with the subject line “PODCAST” and your question in the email. Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live and In-Person for the 1-Day BB EventGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast Archive<a...
6/1/2022 • 14 minutes, 9 seconds
Why You Need to Niche Down to Scale Up!
When it comes to niching down and figuring out exactly who you want to serve, a lot of online entrepreneurs struggle to pick one specific niche and stick to it – that’s where overwhelm and stress can come into play. BRAND NEW: Join us LIVE and in person at our brand new 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on June 23, in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working in your business, understanding that conversations = conversions, planning your 90-day breakthrough plan for success, and we have Kymberlee Medina of Book Yourself Solid and Matthew Kimberley joining us as our incredible guest speakers! Limited places available, secure your place here. In this episode, Chris talks all about why you need to niche down to scale up! Tune in to find out why you need to be super clear on what you do, who it helps and how it benefits your audience so that you can continue to grow further, faster!Episode Timestamps[02:14] - Update to the show![03:40] - John’s question on niching down[06:34] - Why it’s important to pick one specific niche[08:15] - How to get more concise with your marketingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeIdentifying what you do, who it helps and how it benefits themNiching down and why it’s vital Always having a CTA to join your email listGetting ninja focused on your marketingWant your question to be answered by Chris on the show? Send him a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST” followed by your question, or send an email to the team support@youpreneur.com with the subject line “PODCAST” and your question in the email. Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator before the doors close on May 29!Join Us Live for the 1-Day Business Breakthrough EventGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur...
5/25/2022 • 11 minutes, 58 seconds
The Latest Updates from Team Youpreneur
It’s been an extremely busy start to the year for Team Youpreneur with planning for exciting projects happening this year, making updates to our online coaching platform and so much more!BRAND NEW: Join us LIVE and in person at our brand new 1-Day Business Breakthrough event on June 23, in Newmarket, Cambridgeshire! We’ll be deep diving into your business, looking at what’s working in your business, understanding that conversations = conversions, planning your 90-day breakthrough plan for success, and we have Kymberlee Medina of Book Yourself Solid and Matthew Kimberley joining us as our incredible guest speakers! Limited places available, secure your place here. In this episode, Chris shares the latest updates from Team Youpreneur focusing on the Youpreneur Summit event, our brand new 1-day Business Breakthrough event and the changes we’re making for the Youpreneur Incubator. Tune in to find out what they are!Episode Timestamps[02:44] - Sunsetting the Youpreneur Summit[05:19] - The 1-Day Business Breakthrough event[07:06] - The Youpreneur Incubator [10:26] - Closing the doors[12:14] - Updates to the Youpreneur podcastImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us Live for the 1-Day Business Breakthrough EventJoin us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you...
5/11/2022 • 16 minutes, 34 seconds
Smart Marketing for Expert Biz Owners
There’s a lot of ‘noise’ in the online entrepreneurship space nowadays. It’s become even harder to stand out from the crowd and connect with your tribe. However, there are ways you can not only attract your ideal clients amidst the noise, but convert them into customers, too! YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us in-person for our brand new live event, the 1-Day Business Breakthrough! It's time to get focused again. It's time to be in the same room again, and most importantly, it's time to work ON our businesses together alongside other like-minded entrepreneurs!Joining us as our guest speakers, Kymberlee Medina of Book Yourself Solid and Matthew Kimberley, one of the most sought after sales and marketing keynote speakers, will be sharing nothing but pure wisdom and value to help you achieve greatness in your business! You'll leave the event having fallen BACK in love with your business and have a clear plan for the next quarter and beyond. Secure your place here, we're keeping this one intimate! In this episode, Chris deep dives into smart marketing strategies for expert business owners! He explains his Market Like a Magnet concept, what it means and why all entrepreneurs should be marketing in this particular way. Episode Timestamps[04:25] - Being your true, authentic self[06:03] - Converting followers into clients[07:45] - Consistency is key[10:12] - Focusing on the long gameEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeAttract the best and repel the restYou only want ideal customers in your ecosystemCommit to showing up for your audienceWhy you should be playing the long game in businessImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join Us Live for the 1-Day Business Breakthrough EventJoin us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could
5/4/2022 • 12 minutes, 54 seconds
Stuck in a Rut?! Time to Re-evaluate!
Youpreneurs are visionaries. We’re constantly planning and thinking of new ideas that we can implement into our businesses. However, it’s important to take a step back every now and then and identify how well things are doing, and which areas we may need to improve to move forward. YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us in-person for our brand new live event, the 1-Day Business Breakthrough! It's time to get focused again. It's time to be in the same room again, and most importantly, it's time to work ON our businesses together alongside other like-minded entrepreneurs!Joining us as our guest speakers, Kymberlee Medina of Book Yourself Solid and Matthew Kimberley, one of the most sought after sales and marketing keynote speakers will be sharing nothing but pure wisdom and value to help you achieve greatness in your business! You'll leave the event having fallen BACK in love with your business and have a clear plan for the next quarter and beyond. Secure your place here, we're keeping this one intimate! Are you currently stuck in a rut? In this episode, Chris helps you to re-evaluate as an entrepreneur and what you need to change within your lifestyle and business so that you fall back in love with your work. Episode Timestamps[02:52] - You’re not happy in your work[05:13] - The numbers never lie[07:25] - Limiting your work hours[10:47] - Collecting client wins [12:47] - The 3 different types of entrepreneursEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeTaking charge of your professional developmentAvoid negative people and negative choicesUnderstanding your numbersWorking smarter, not harderImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them
4/27/2022 • 21 minutes, 42 seconds
Achieving All Your Goals Just Got Easier
When it comes to setting goals, a lot of people make the mistake of not having goals that are both settable and gettable. On top of that, there are so many goal setting tools available out there which can cause people to get distracted and not actually commit to taking action on those goals! YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris deep dives into all things goal setting and explains why achieving all your goals just got easier! He covers why accomplishing big goals is a myth, and why actually achieving your goals requires a whole different skill set and level of commitment. Episode Timestamps[02:08] - Reflecting on your goals[02:54] - Don’t get distracted by the fancy tools[04:01] - Accomplishing big goals is a myth[05:21] - What Chris reminds himself every time he sets a new goal Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeReviewing your goals on a monthly or quarterly basis will keep you accountable to themWriting your goals is one thing, taking action on them requires a different skill set and level of commitmentThere are so many tools out there that will help you set goals, but they won’t help you achieve themMaking sure that you know exactly how much time and energy it will take to achieve a goal and if it will be a good investment of your mental bandwidth Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning...
4/20/2022 • 9 minutes, 43 seconds
Simple Steps to Email Funnel Success
A lot of online business owners get overwhelmed at the thought of putting together an email funnel. But, it doesn’t need to be as complicated as you may think it is. In fact, the main three email funnels you should have in place can be completely automated!YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares the simple steps to email funnel success! He explains why email funnels are something online entrepreneurs shouldn’t be scared of, the importance of mapping out your customer journey and so much more!Episode Timestamps[02:41] - Mapping out your customer journey[04:48] - Your welcome email series[06:34] - Deciding on a lead magnet[10:33] - Engaging with your non-buyersEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy you shouldn’t feel overwhelmed with creating an email funnelCreating a killer lead magnet that your audience will lovePeople need multiple touch points until they buy inMake sure you continue nurturing the non-buyersImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest...
4/13/2022 • 14 minutes, 29 seconds
How to Consistently Beat Your Competitors
As a personal brand entrepreneur, there are no real competitors as there is only one YOU. No one can ever replicate you, or do things that way that you do them. That’s the beautiful thing about building the Business of You!YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares his top tips for how to consistently beat your competitors! He also deep dives into the concept of building the Business of You, why there isn’t a rule book for entrepreneurs to follow and so much more! Episode Timestamps[02:46] - You have no real competitors[05:04] - The tendency of following what other people are doing[06:27] - How Chris’ business changed forever[07:07] - Building a frictionless businessEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeBeing original will always winWhy there isn’t a rulebook for entrepreneurs to followBe true to yourself and your audience will love you even more for itPlaying the long game is key in businessImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Playing the Long Game in BusinessJoin us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on...
4/6/2022 • 10 minutes, 44 seconds
The Monthly Momentum Checklist
We all have moments where we lack motivation and momentum in our business, and that’s okay! But, what we can’t do is let it drag on into the next month. It will take you longer to get out of the rut and your business will suffer.YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares his monthly momentum checklist to help you identify your non-negotiables and why you should be focusing on what’s been working for your business. Tune in to work through the checklist with Chris so that you can start ramping up your momentum going into the next 30-days! Episode Timestamps[03:00] - Establishing your non-negotiables [03:29] - What has been working well for your business?[04:16] - How bad do you want to make it work in the next month?[05:38] - Finding where the lack of momentum is[07:04] - Always reward yourself for achieving your goalsEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeHaving non-negotiables is vital for every entrepreneurSticking to what has been working well and doing more of itWhy self care is more important than you may thinkHaving settable but gettable goalsImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you
3/30/2022 • 10 minutes, 18 seconds
Why It's Important to Play the Long-Game
Playing the long game is about your entire career. It’s not your 1-year, 5-year or even your 10-year business plan. To understand what the long-game truly is, identifying your why is the most vital step. YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join Chris LIVE for the upcoming Profitable Personal Brand Bootcamp, a 3-day virtual event where you’ll learn how to build your audience, monetize your expertise and become future-proof. Secure your spot here and make 2022 your best year yet! In this episode, Chris explains why it’s important to play the long-game in business. Tune in to hear why you need to shift your mindset into one that enables you to thrive, why you should say no more often and so much more!Episode Timestamps[02:04] - Recognizing what the long game is not[03:08] - Shifting to a mindset that enables you to thrive[04:20] - Having full control of your day-to-day[05:36] - Identifying your whyEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe long game is not your 1 year, 5 year or 10 year planFiguring out what you why isLearning to say no more oftenBecoming laser focused on your long gameImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Register for the Profitable Personal Brand BootcampJoin us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app,...
3/23/2022 • 8 minutes, 3 seconds
How to Stand Out as an Expert Business Owner
With everyone building personal brands nowadays, it can be hard to truly stand out from the crowd. But, it’s vital that you differentiate yourself from other people in your industry if you want to be seen as a leader in your niche.YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join Chris LIVE for the upcoming Profitable Personal Brand Bootcamp, a 3-day virtual event where you’ll learn how to build your audience, monetize your expertise and become future-proof. Secure your spot here and make 2022 your best year yet! In this episode, Chris shares his top tips for how to stand out as an expert business owner! He deep dives into the one thing all successful entrepreneurs have in common and why you should lean into your uniqueness and use it to your advantage. Tune into the full episode to find out how you can make sure you stand out from the crowd. Episode Timestamps[01:58] - The one thing top entrepreneurs have in common [03:40] - How to make your personal brand different[04:30] - Focus your energy on your own personal development [06:45] - What uniqueness do you bring to the table?Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeIdentifying what your unique traits are and how you can use themShowing up for your tribe and the impact it can have on your businessStop comparing yourself and looking at what other entrepreneurs are doingFinding out who you are as a person Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them...
3/16/2022 • 8 minutes, 50 seconds
Taking Email List Building More Seriously
When it comes to building an online audience nowadays, a lot of online entrepreneurs tend to focus on growing their social media platform following, rather than their email list. Don’t make the mistake of building your audience on rented land. Now is the time to start taking email list building more seriously!YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares his top rules for when it comes to building an engaged email list. Tune into the full episode to learn how you should be growing your list, and how to get your next 100 subscribers, fast! Episode Timestamps[03:31] - How to get your next 100 subscribers[04:39] - Chris’ number one rule for building a list[05:40] - Getting your subscribers to automatically self-segment themselves[09:46] - The List Building ChallengeEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy the quality of your list is more important than the number of subscribersHow to properly segment your list for the best resultsAlways be sure to double check your automated emails for errorsGrowing your list doesn’t need to be as complicated as you may thinkImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the...
3/9/2022 • 13 minutes, 43 seconds
3 Simple Steps to Expert Business Success
Building an expert business will be the final business pivot you’ll ever make! Why? Because it’s built entirely on you, your personality and your expertise. It can never be replicated by anyone else, which makes you and your business completely future-proof. Now, how do you make that business truly a success? We’ve got you covered in this episode! YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares the 3 simple steps to expert business success! He deep dives into what is involved within building a successful personal brand and why you should focus on your existing clients. Tune in to find out what they are so that you can start implementing them into your business!Episode Timestamps[02:41] - The biggest component of building an expert business[03:35] - What people say about the work you do, IS your personal brand[04:24] - Why you should focus on your existing clients[07:27] - Making sure you own your online homeEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeFocusing in on your current clients and how you can continue to serve themYour personal brand is what people say about you and your work when you’re not in the roomStop building your personal brand on rented landHow to make sure your online home provides opportunities for people to follow the work you’re doing Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for...
3/2/2022 • 11 minutes, 51 seconds
Bringing Your Content Archive Back from the Dead
Coming up with new content on a regular basis can be hard, and it’s something a lot of personal brand entrepreneurs tend to struggle with. However, there is a smarter way to produce content, which doesn’t involve spinning your wheels and becoming overwhelmed! YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris deep dives into how you can bring your content archive back from the dead and stop spinning your wheels when it comes to content creation! Tune in to hear his top tips for how you can utilize the content you already have in the bank and impact more people.Episode Timestamps[02:29] - The mistake online creators make [03:37] - Identify which pieces of content performed the best[05:08] - Look at how you can improve your SEO[06:36] - More marketing for your older posts[07:47] - Make use of back linking[10:21] - Round up posts[12:21] - Use different content formats to cater your audience’s needsEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeStop spinning your wheels when it comes to content creationWhy you should be including backlinks in your contentMore marketing and less creationAlways go back and improve your SEOPay attention to what type of content your audience is asking forImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundlePick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed...
2/23/2022 • 17 minutes
How to Design the Perfect Opt-in Offer
Growing your email list should be a top priority for any online entrepreneur. However, in order to attract new people and get them onto your list, you need to provide a high quality opt-in offer that makes it a no brainer for them to hand over their email address to get access to the freebie. YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares his top tips for designing the perfect opt-in offer! He also deep dives into why your email list is where the real success and business growth stems from and why it’s so important for online entrepreneurs to focus on growing their email list.Episode Timestamps[01:54] - Why do we need opt-in offers in the first place? [04:31] - How Chris first got started with his opt-in offers and how it’s changed[07:31] - Focus on creating and offering a quick win for your audience[08:05] - Chris top 5 tips on creating a killer opt-in!Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe importance of growing your email list as an online entrepreneurCreate an offer you feel could sell for at least $100 and offer it for freeYour opt-in needs to be easy to consume and provide a quick winBe thought-provoking and include a CTAImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorGet Access to the Expertise Monetization BundleEpisode 335: How to Build a Really Simple Email Marketing FunnelThe Youpreneur Launchpad SeriesPick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast Archive<a...
2/16/2022 • 12 minutes, 7 seconds
The Simple Strategy to Building Influence Online
Podcasts have always been a great way to build your influence online and reach new people by appearing on other people’s podcasts. However, there’s a right way to approach being a guest on other shows and how you can get the most out of doing so. YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares the simple strategy to building influence online! Tune in to hear his three top tips for how you can utilize becoming a guest on other people’s podcasts to attract more prospective customers into your ecosystem, and catapult your influence!Episode Timestamps[03:47] - Chris reflects on how many podcast interviews he did during his book launches[05:01] - Predicted ad spend for podcasts [07:15] - Why you need to be genuinely interested in the host and their audience[08:32] - Don’t hold back from sharing value[10:36] - Continue the conversation and connection goingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy podcasts are a great marketing toolNow is the time to get your voice out thereShare as much value as you possibly can and don’t hold backMake sure you continue the conversation going, even when the episode finishesImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorPick Up a Copy of Chris’ Book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this...
2/9/2022 • 14 minutes, 31 seconds
How to Pivot into an Expert Business Model
You’ve built up an established business, but you feel like you need a change. You have years worth of experience that needs to be shared with people. Does this sound like you? If so, this episode will help you to identify how to make that change in the easiest way possible! YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work. Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris shares his 5-step process for pivoting into an expert business model! He discusses how to gradually pivot your existing content, why you shouldn’t worry about losing some of your audience and instead, focus on the new people who will come into your community. Tune in to find out why an expert business will be the last pivot you’ll ever make!Episode Timestamps[04:00] - Showing more of YOU [04:50] - Sharing new, unrelated content to your audience[06:05] - One full month of personal brand content [07:52] - Evaluation and self reflection[08:48] - Always ask for feedbackEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy a personal brand pivot will be the last pivot you’ll ever makeNot worrying about losing some of your audience during the pivotEvaluate the pivot process, what has gone well and what hasn’tKey areas to focus on when building your personal brandImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to <a...
2/2/2022 • 12 minutes, 43 seconds
The 5 Start of Year Anchors
You may have planned out your personal and business goals for 2022, but have you identified your anchors? These are the fundamentals that every entrepreneur should address at the start of a new year to achieve greatness!YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur Incubator where you’ll learn everything you need to know about building a 6-figure business! It is the only coaching platform that includes a tried and tested roadmap, with step by step strategies that truly work! Coupled together with live monthly and quarterly coaching calls, access to our private members only Facebook group for extra accountability, you’ll have everything you need to achieve your goals and reach 6-figures! Find out more here, or send Chris a DM on Instagram with the word “PODCAST”. In this episode, Chris talks all about the 5 start of year anchors, what they mean and why it’s important that you plan them at the beginning of the year to set yourself up for success. Tune into the full episode to find out what they are and to gain some inspiration for creating your own anchors!Episode Timestamps[02:47] - Your Life Ammo: Sleep, diet and exercise[06:47] - Mental Bandwidth: Meditation, focus and clarity[08:23] - P2P Growth: Building real long lasting relationships[09:39] - Emotional Energy: Understanding your emotions[11:39] - Check In: How are you truly feeling?Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy your sleep, diet and exercise is more important than you may thinkPractising meditation and breathing exercises for more focus and clarityFocus on building real, long lasting relationshipsDoing a deep review on your emotions and how you’re feeling is vital at this time of year and will determine how you feel for the rest of the year!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Join us on the inside of the Youpreneur IncubatorJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it
1/18/2022 • 15 minutes, 8 seconds
Why You Need a Late Year Reset
As we near the end of the year, a lot of people may begin to feel slumped and overwhelmed with the amount of work they need to get done before the year is finished. However, it’s important to remind yourself that taking time off from work can do wonders for you as a business owner!YOUR PERSONAL INVITE: I’m hosting my FREE Profitable Personal Brand Bootcamp on December 7-9 where we’ll spend an entire hour together live, and I’ll show you how to Build, Market and Monetize™ an expert business! We'll be covering topics like attracting your ideal clients and turning them into paying customers, putting together marketing funnels that run by themselves, spreading your message to a wider audience than you could’ve ever imagined. Click here to save your seat - they’re limited and filling up fast! In this episode, Chris explains why he and Erz always take time off towards the end of the year to reset. Tune into the full episode to find out why this has become a non-negotiable for them as business and life partners.Episode Timestamps[02:40] - Why Chris and Erz always take time off at the end of the year[04:40] - How the pandemic affected Chris’ mindset and what he did to change it[06:29] - Gaining more clarity on the ins and outs of your business[07:18] - Improving what we do for our people and how we do it[10:00:] - Taking time to rechargeEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy it’s always important to take time off to reset at the end of a busy yearMaking your stress, fatigue and mental capacity a priority to look afterReconnecting with relationships during your time offEnsuring that you make time to recharge before the new yearImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Register for the FREE Profitable Personal Brand BootcampJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can...
12/2/2021 • 13 minutes, 1 second
20 Days to More Growth Opportunities, with Jen Gottlieb
It can be hard to get your message out there into the world and seen by your ideal clients. However, all it can take is stepping out of your comfort zone and making use of the connections you have already. QUICK REMINDER: Applications are now OPEN for Chris’ Round Table 2022 Mastermind! If you’re interested in being coached by Chris, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey. Just click here to fill out the application! In this episode, Chris invites Jen Gottlieb of Super Connector Media, to talk all about getting more exposure for your business so that more opportunities come through the door. Tune into the full episode to work through Jen’s Top 20 Tool exercise that will help you get anything you want in 20 days or less!Episode Timestamps[04:15] - How Super Connector Media started[09:29] - Jen’s Top 20 Tool exercise that will help get you anything you want in 20 days or less![19:21] - Why Jen thinks a lot of people don’t ask for help[29:00] - The live event that changed Jen’s life Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeStepping out of your comfort zone is the only way to growThe Top 20 Tool exercise every entrepreneur needs to completeWhy people struggle to ask for help when they need it the mostHow live events encouraged Jen to take action on her businessImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Super Connector MediaApply for Chris’ Round Table MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
11/8/2021 • 33 minutes, 14 seconds
Becoming an Elevated Entrepreneur, with Jake Kelfer
Everyone’s journey is different, however what we learn from other people and their experiences can have a significant impact on our own journeys and growth as business owners. QUICK REMINDER: Applications are now OPEN for Chris’ Round Table 2022 Mastermind! If you’re interested in being coached by Chris, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey. Just click here to fill out the application! In this episode, Chris invites Jake Kelfer to talk about his new book, The Elevated Entrepreneur which includes 39 millionaire entrepreneurs and their secrets to success. Tune into the full episode to hear all about the book and so much more! Episode Timestamps[09:05] - The toughest part in the book writing process[12:29] - A lot of entrepreneurs struggle to build relationships[14:14] - It’s okay to not have all the answers[22:14] - One of the stories in the book that stands out for Jake[31:10] - What Jake is doing to market the bookEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeHow Jake was able to feature 39 entrepreneurs in his new bookThe people we respect the most are the ones who tell us how it truly isYou get back exactly what you put in Why we should learn from other people as much as possibleBook marketing strategies Jake is utilizingImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of Jake’s Book: The Elevated EntrepreneurApply for Chris’ Round Table MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your...
10/25/2021 • 36 minutes, 41 seconds
3 Simple Steps to Becoming Known!
Ever wondered what personal brand business owners struggle with the most? Identifying what they want to be known for. This one aspect is crucial for business success, and may be the missing piece to the puzzle for your growth, both as an entrepreneur and an individual. QUICK REMINDER: Doors will be opening for the Youpreneur Incubator 2022 Coaching Group very soon! If you’re interested in becoming part of the community and surrounding yourself with like minded entrepreneurs on the same journey as you, just click here to see all of the information and get on the waitlist! In this episode, Chris shares his top tips for figuring out what you want to be known for. Tune into the full episode where Chris walks you through an exercise that will identify what people regularly ask you for help on, things that you don't like talking about, and all the things that make you unique. Episode Timestamps[02:45] - The one big reason why a lot of personal brand entrepreneurs don’t become super successful[04:06] - List #1: What do people come to you for help on? [05:18] - List #2: What do you not enjoy doing?[07:04] - List #3: What makes you, YOU? Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeIdentifying the things that people regularly ask for your help onReceiving clarity on the areas you don’t like talking aboutWhy Chris doesn’t agree with working on your weaknesses and delegates them insteadRealising what makes you uniqueImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the Youpreneur Incubator 2022 Coaching Group WaitlistJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
10/18/2021 • 9 minutes, 54 seconds
The Future of Online Launches, with Jeff Walker
If you have a product or service that you’re wanting to launch, or possibly relaunch, we’ve got you covered in this episode! Mr. Launch himself, Jeff Walker joins Chris to discuss the future of online launches!QUICK REMINDER: Applications are now OPEN for Chris’ Round Table 2022 Mastermind! If you’re interested in being coached by Chris, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey. Just click here to fill out the application! Chris and Jeff also chat about the expanded and updated edition of Jeff’s book, Launch, An Internet Millionaire’s Secret Formula to Sell Almost Anything Online, Build a Business You Love and Live the Life of Your Dreams. Tune in to hear what Jeff has changed in the latest edition of the book, and what he believes online launches will look like in the future. Episode Timestamps[06:10] - Why Jeff waited 7-years to update the book[11:00] - How webinars have changed over the years[15:51] - The formula and process Jeff has created to launch with success[16:59] - Consistency is key and why Jeff started his YouTube channel[29:50] - What Jeff thinks launches will look like in the future[33:00] - The difference between the evergreen model vs. launchesEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeJeff’s expanded and updated book, Launch and why he decided to wait to update itChris and Jeff discuss how webinars have adaptedJeff’s formula for launch successConsistently showing up for your audienceCreating a team that understands your vision and what you’re all aboutImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Chris’ Round Table MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Entrepreneurs Facebook GroupSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that...
10/11/2021 • 42 minutes, 19 seconds
Why You're Kind of a Big Deal with Erin King
When Erin King was doing keynote sessions on Digital Persuasion, she had dozens of women messaging her asking how they could become speakers, raise capital and grow successful businesses just like her. It then became clear there was a gap that needed to be filled to support entrepreneurial women with their aspirations. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place! In this episode, Chris invites Erin King onto the show to discuss her brand new book, Why You’re Kind of a Big Deal, the reasoning behind writing the book and who it’s targeted for, her past experiences in business, how she discovered her superpower and leaned into it to create a huge online audience!Episode Timestamps[03:32] - Where the title of Erin’s new book came from[08:11] - Erin shares the story of how she discovered her superpower[25:33] - Where Erin wants the book to hit home the most[30:54] - Failure is going to happenEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe reasoning behind Erin’s new book, Why You’re Kind of a Big DealThe story of when Erin pitched her tampon subscription business to investorsWhy although Erin’s book is targeted primarily for women, it’s also relevant for menNo matter what we do, failure is going to happen and we have to stop being afraid of itImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pick Up a Copy of Erin’s book, Why You’re Kind of a Big DealSend Chris a DM on Instagram to Get Your FREE Copy of the Marketing Checklist!Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If...
6/21/2021 • 34 minutes, 6 seconds
How to Sell Your Business, with John Warrillow
Ever thought about selling your business? It’s a scary process! There are so many details that come into play, and if it’s a route you’re planning on taking in the future, it's vital that you know all of the facts in order to serve you in the best way possible. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place! In this episode, Chris invites John Warrillow, author of Built to Sell, onto the show to discuss the ins and outs of what is involved within the business selling process. Tune in to find out the biggest mistake John has seen people make, his advice for when a deal doesn’t work out, and why it’s always best to have back up offers! Episode Timestamps[06:09] - The biggest mistake John has seen people make in the process of selling a business[19:48] - When and how to have the discussion that you’re selling the business with your employees [26:35] - John’s advice for when a deal falls through[30:34] - Why you should always have multiple offers[32:45] - What’s involved in a sale of a brick and mortar business Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe ugly truth of selling a businessWhat happens when a deal falls throughThe conversation to have with your employees when you’re selling your businessNot relying on only one offerThe risk of being dependent on one platformImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get Access to John’s gifts! Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social...
6/14/2021 • 42 minutes, 56 seconds
The Godfather of Content Marketing Returns, with Joe Pulizzi
There’s no denying that content is still king. However, content marketing has changed a lot of the past couple of years, making it more important than ever to ensure that us entrepreneurs are up to date. In this episode, Chris invites the Godfather of Content Marketing, Joe Pulizzi back onto the show to discuss the updated version of Content Inc., and his new business venture. Tune in to find out what Joe has been up to since selling Content Marketing Institute! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: The new and updated version of Content Inc. Writing goals in the past tense and how it has helped JoeWhy Joe decided to create The TiltWhat legacy and impact truly meansTo see the full shownotes for this episode, head to: youpreneur.com/427
5/17/2021 • 40 minutes, 45 seconds
3 Big Signs Your Personal Brand Business Isn’t Working!
Feeling like things aren’t quite going the way you would like in your business? Chances are, there may be a few specific areas that need to be focused on, in order to improve them and start bringing in the results you want to see. In this episode, Chris explains the 3 big signs your personal brand business isn’t working. He also discusses why entrepreneurs struggle with these areas, and his top tips for improving them. Tune in to find out what they are so that you can start making changes and start seeing results! Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How to get more leads joining your email listClarifying your offerings and increasing your pricesSetting up a recurring revenue streamListening to your audience’s needs and requirements to create products that serve themTo see the full shownotes for this episode, head to: youpreneur.com/426
5/10/2021 • 13 minutes, 17 seconds
How to Win at Work & Succeed at Life with Michael Hyatt
There is a myth around being able to have a work-life balance and still be successful. However, it really comes down to making small, yet incredibly impactful changes to your life in order to achieve it. In this episode, Chris and Michael Hyatt discuss the 5 principles when it comes to creating a work-life balance to win at work and succeed at life.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How to free yourself from the cult of overworkLearning to embrace constraints and setting boundariesWhy sacrificing your family life will not result in succeeding in your work lifeThe 5 principles to creating and maintaining a work-life balanceThe things that are truly the most rewarding and most enrichingTo see the full show notes for this episode, head to: youpreneur.com/425
5/3/2021 • 34 minutes, 5 seconds
Comedy, Overthinking & Soundtracks, with Jon Acuff
Jon Acuff worked with a researcher and asked 10,000 people if they struggled with overthinking. 99.5% of those candidates said yes. Now…. what if we could tap into our overthinking and overcome it to achieve great things? QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place! In this episode, Chris invites Jon Acuff back onto the show to discuss his stand-up comedy experience and his brand new book, Soundtracks. Tune in to listen to how Jon has shifted his focus in the past year amidst the pandemic and why every entrepreneur should be tapping into their overthinking and learning how to overcome it! Episode Timestamps:[06:38] - Using humor to communicate difficult truths[16:15] - What Jon has changed during the past year[22:21] - Jon’s new book, Soundtracks[25:25] - Tapping into your overthinking[26:21] - Being prepared always leads to an action Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How the pandemic made Jon shift his focusWhy Jon’s book is about taking new actions that will lead to new resultsBeing prepared will always lead to seeing resultsOvercoming your overthinkingImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode:Pick Up a Copy of Jon’s New Book: Soundtracks! Check Out Jon’s WebsiteUnleashing the Power of Hitting the Finish Line with Jon, Episode 238Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning...
4/27/2021 • 37 minutes, 42 seconds
Embracing Your Permission to Prosper with Ray Edwards
Making money is something that a lot of people struggle with, from a moral perspective. They want to start a business and earn a great living, but then once it starts happening, and the dollars are rolling in, they start to feel bad about it! Yes, it happens.QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place! In this episode of the podcast, Chris sits down to talk about giving yourself the permission to prosper, with his good friend and mentor Ray Edwards. Known around the world as one of the leading experts on copywriting and creating sales copy that converts, Ray’s new book delves into the world of not only giving yourself that permission, but also running with it, towards your targets, at an incredibly fast pace!Episode Timestamps[07:57] - The three words Ray is focusing on in 2021[15:05] - Why Ray’s new book has a faith-centred approach[18:24] - The reasoning behind the book title[20:13] - What stewardship means to Ray[22:24] - How Ray changed his mindset after being diagnosed with Parkinson’s[28:06] - Ray’s favorite chapters in his new book Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy a lot of entrepreneurs feel bad after making moneyHow Ray and his team shifted their focus in the past yearRay’s new book and the reason behind the titleWhy people who are driven to succeed, will always succeedHow Ray became more humble after his diagnosis Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Get a copy of Ray’s new bookJoin the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose...
4/5/2021 • 39 minutes, 50 seconds
5 Signs You’re Doing it All Wrong!
As entrepreneurs, we’re visionaries which means that we’re constantly planning and coming up with new ideas. It’s important to take a step back from time to time and look at how well things are going and what areas may need improving. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I share the five signs that show that you’re doing it all wrong! Tune in to find out what they are and how you can start implementing changes to improve on them.Episode Timestamps[02:22] - You’re not truly happy in your work[04:42] - You’re not looking at the numbers[06:59] - You’re working too much[09:27] - You’re not collecting ‘client wins’[12:25] - You’re not growingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeOnly surround yourself with people who get what you’re all about and the journey you’re currently onWhy it’s vital for every entrepreneur to look into the numbers - they never lie!If you don’t take the time to rest, you will burnout How turning your client’s wins into stories is great talking pointDo more of what is truly working within your businessImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Get on the Youpreneur Academy Course Waitlist! Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re...
3/29/2021 • 21 minutes, 27 seconds
The Power of Becoming a Black Sheep with Brant Menswar
Self doubt and imposter syndrome is something that a lot of entrepreneurs experience. However, in order to overcome that feeling, we must look deeper into our values and what makes us one of a kind.QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I invite Brant Menswar, author of Black Sheep: Unleash the Extraordinary, Awe-Inspiring, Undiscovered You. Tune in to hear the meaning behind his book, why entrepreneurs must identify their flock in order to understand their true values and how they have an impact on everything that we do. Episode Timestamps[04:37] - Brant’s background and why he became an entrepreneur[06:11] - The initial idea for Brant’s book, Black Sheep[08:34] - What is involved within Brant’s flock and how they impact his decision making[15:43] - How to find your Black Sheep[20:46] - Brant’s experience with imposter syndrome and how he overcame it Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy it’s important to program your values into your dayWhen you discover your flock, you’ll realise that you’re truly one of a kindSetting non-negotiables and sticking to themOvercoming imposter syndrome Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Take Brant’s “Find Your Flock” AssessmentJoin the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to <a href="https://www.chrisducker.com/itunes"...
3/22/2021 • 33 minutes, 26 seconds
Building Up Your Cumulative Advantage with Mark Schaefer
Times are constantly changing. Strategies and tactics that worked 10-years ago, may no longer be effective in today’s industry. When it comes to marketing, it’s all about being heard. And, in a noisy world like ours, how can we ensure that we don’t get left behind?QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I invite Mark Schaefer back onto the show to discuss his upcoming book, Cumulative Advantage: How to Build Momentum for Your Ideas, Business and Life, Against All Odds. Tune in to hear why he decided to write the book, his experience with writing during a pandemic and also the people in Mark’s life he considers to be his true mentors.Episode Timestamps[04:34] - Mark’s experience with writing a book during the pandemic[09:25] - How to be heard in a noisy industry[13:46] - Why we have the ability to provide opportunities for other people[17:42] - The board of directors in Mark’s lifeEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy Mark wanted to include emotion and real feeling to his book whilst writing it during a pandemicThe importance of momentum and Marks’ advice on how to keep it going Mark reflects on the people in his life that have had a huge impact on himWhy every entrepreneur needs a mentorImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Check out Mark’s new book: Cumulative AdvantageJoin the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and
3/15/2021 • 26 minutes, 51 seconds
Why 1:1 Coaching is Still a Thing with Rory Vaden
Every entrepreneur needs a coach. It’s impossible to do it all on our own! As coaching groups become more and more popular within the industry, 1:1 coaching is still very much happening and is still as effective. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, Chris invites Rory Vaden back onto the show to discuss the subject of coaching, and more specifically why 1:1 coaching is still a thing. Tune in to find out how Rory helps his clients to figure out what their strengths are, what they should focus on and how they identify their uniqueness. Episode Timestamps[08:25] - How Rory helps his clients figure out what their uniqueness is[10:20] - Why it’s important to focus on one specific thing, rather than everything[14:50] - You’re most powerfully positioned to serve who you once were[17:20] - Why a lot of personal brand entrepreneurs do the right thing, at the wrong time[25:11] - Rory’s reason for sticking to 1:1 coachingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeFocusing in on one area and becoming an expert in that fieldEveryone has their own uniqueness that cannot be replicatedWhy it’s important to do all the steps in the right orderThe main reason Rory has decided to still focus on 1:1 coachingImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Book an exploratory call with Rory!Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to <a href="https://www.chrisducker.com/itunes" rel="noopener...
3/8/2021 • 38 minutes, 10 seconds
How to Create Content Your Community Will Love!
When you’re building a business around your expertise, or as I call it “The Business of You”, it’s important that every piece of content you put out for your audience, clearly reflects your area of expertise. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I share a few ways you can create content your community will love! Tune in to find out how you can ensure that not only will your content be extremely valuable to your audience, but how you can also ensure it’s evergreen and will continue to help them well into the future. Episode Timestamps[02:41] - Why your one of your main focuses as an entrepreneur should be to always become somebody’s favorite[04:50] - People consume content in different ways, ensure that you’re providing different formats to suit everyone in your community [05:08] - How easy it is to repurpose content[06:06] - The importance of being consistent with your content creation and publishingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeAt the very core of every successful entrepreneur is the ability to solve people’s problemsKeep note of questions that your audience ask you time and time again, and answer them through pieces of content If you’re not repurposing content already, you need to! Consistency is key if you want to be seen by your audienceImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them...
3/1/2021 • 9 minutes, 31 seconds
Finding Your Path to Uncommon Success with John Lee Dumas
Ever wondered what truly successful entrepreneurs did to get to where they are today? In John Lee Dumas’ brand new book, he outlines a 17-step roadmap that highlights key factors that contributed to his success, as well as other experts within the industry. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I invite John Lee Dumas of Entrepreneurs on Fire back onto the show to discuss his upcoming new book, The Common Path to Uncommon Success: A roadmap to financial freedom and fulfilment. Tune in to hear about John’s experience with the book writing process and being out of his comfort zone. Episode Timestamps[06:07] - The reasoning behind John’s new book [09:00] - John’s experience with book writing and being out of his comfort zone[21:14] - What one chapter in the book stands out the most[24:30] - Pre-order John’s book now to receive lots of bonuses! Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy John decided to write his book after 9 years of building a multi 7-figure businessHow using the pomodoro technique enabled John to write his bookThe one chapter in the book that stands out and will help every entrepreneurThe importance of pushing yourself outside of your comfort zoneImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Pre-Order John’s Book! Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindJoin the Profitable Personal Brand Entrepreneurs Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I...
2/1/2021 • 31 minutes, 39 seconds
How to Make 2021 Your Best Year Yet!
It’s the beginning of a brand new year which means new goals, new resolutions, new habits and a new chance to chase it down! Although the start of a new year can sometimes be overwhelming, it’s important to remind yourself of what you truly want to achieve and what will get you there. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind are open! If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I share one simple strategy every entrepreneur should follow to stay on track and focused this year. Tune in to find out how you can make 2021 your best year yet! Episode Timestamps[01:22] - A little update about the podcast[04:44] - The value of saying yes[05:56] - How we’ve been preprogrammed[07:22] - Focusing on the right people in your ecosystemEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeSaying no more often Our yeses are a commodityContinue showing up for your audienceWhy you need to invest your time on the right peopleImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindListen to Ep. 415: 2020 Annual Review with Chris & Erz DuckerJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding Roadmap Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
1/11/2021 • 10 minutes
2020 Annual Review with Chris & Erz Ducker
As we near the end of the year, it’s time to reflect on everything that has happened in the past 12 months, what went well and what didn’t go so well business wise, and also to start looking forward and begin planning for the new year. QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind have opened for the beginning of 2021. If you’re interested in being coached by myself, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I invite my wife and business partner, Erz Ducker to join the show for the very first time to reflect on 2020, the highs and lows and what we’re both looking forward to in 2021!Episode Timestamps[10:20] - The decision behind pivoting the Youpreneur Incubator[16:02] - Cancelling the Youpreneur Summit 2020[30:32] - You have to be seen to sell[39:40] - Special announcement about the podcast going into 2021!Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeChanging the Youpreneur Incubator to a virtual setupThe importance of finding out exactly why something isn’t workingWhy it’s vital to act quickly when circumstances changeHow not traveling has made us more productiveImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindChris’ Biggest Business Decision of 2020 - Episode 391Check Out Chris’ Bestselling Books!Join the Youpreneur AcademyJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapThank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to <a...
12/21/2020 • 45 minutes, 6 seconds
10 Things You MUST Know Going Into 2021
During the last month of the year, I always ensure that I take the time to reflect on how the year went. Although 2020 definitely wasn’t the year that we had all planned, it’s still vital to look back on what has happened, how we reacted to certain situations and what we’re going to change going into the new year.QUICK REMINDER: Doors to our Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & Mastermind have opened for the beginning of 2021. If you’re interested in being coached by Chris, other experts and masterminding throughout the year with incredible entrepreneurs, like you, who are on the same journey, just click here for more information and to secure your place!In this episode, I share the 10 extremely important things that you MUST know going into 2021 to ensure that you make it the best year yet! Grab a pen and paper, you’re going to need it for this episode. Episode Timestamps[02:50] - Establishing your current business model[03:24] - Identifying your perfect customer[04:27] - How much money did you bring in this year?[04:50] - Percentage of online revenue[05:41] - Total costs for the year[06:18] - Top 3 sources of costs for this year[10:20] - Number of email subscribers[11:45] - 3 biggest traffic sources[14:35] - Biggest struggles this year[16:40] - The tasks you can start delegating Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeBeing clear on your avatarIdentifying what your top 3 sources of costs were this yearWhy it’s important to check your number of email subscribers on a monthly basisDouble down on what is workingFiguring out what your biggest struggles were this yearWhy it’s important to delegateImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator Coaching & MastermindCheck Out Chris’ Bestselling Books!Join the Youpreneur AcademyJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube ChannelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast Archive<a href="https://youpreneur.com/personal-branding-roadmap-download/" rel="noopener noreferrer"...
12/14/2020 • 22 minutes, 35 seconds
How to Use Live Video to Serve & Sell with Pat Flynn
When the pandemic first began, Pat Flynn made the decision to start a daily streaming show (including the weekends!) on YouTube to get people together and simply just to have fun while we’re all at home! In this episode, Pat joins the show to discuss how the show has enabled him to reach new people and bring them into his ecosystem, as well as turning them into paying customers! Tune in to find out how you can utilize live video to serve and sell. Episode Timestamps[05:26] - Why Pat started the Income Stream Show[13:00] - What makes Pat feel valuable to his community[14:15] - How to come up with ideas for social media[23:45] - The affect the pandemic has had on the way we think about life[32:52] - Delegating tasks to focus on other things Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe main reason Pat started the Income Stream ShowWhy being different to the competition will always winGoing the extra mile to create fun contentHow the pandemic has affect our thinking in every way possiblePersonal branding in 2021Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Pat’s websitePat’s YouTube ChannelSmart Passive Income PodcastPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for...
12/7/2020 • 37 minutes, 51 seconds
The Easy Way to Beat Competitors Every Time
Being a personal brand entrepreneur means that you actually do not have any competitors, because there is only one you. Sure, there will be people in the same niche doing similar things, but they will never be able to ever replicate you. In this episode, I talk about the easy way to beat competitors every time and the importance of always being 100% original. Tune in to find out my top strategies for always being authentic and why your audience will love you even more for it. Episode Timestamps[05:22] - When you’re building the Business of You, there is no real competition[07:19] - The tendency to latch on to what everyone else is doing[09:04] - There is no right way of doing things[10:05] - Do something that is unmistakably youEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy you should never copy anyone elseHow to build a frictionless businessAs an entrepreneur, there isn’t a rulebook to followShow the real you and see how your audience reactsImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the Youpreneur Incubator Coaching Group for 2021!Episode 403: The Importance of Playing the Long Game in BusinessPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to...
11/30/2020 • 13 minutes
The 30-Day Momentum Checklist
As entrepreneurs, we all have moments where we may lack momentum to get things done, and don’t worry, it’s completely normal to feel like this from time to time. There are many things that contribute to slowing down our momentum, but there are a few things we can do to prevent this from happening.In this episode, I deep dive into the 30-day momentum checklist that I swear by doing every day to ensure I prevent those periods of feeling unmotivated as much as I possibly can. Tune in to find out how you can begin implementing these key strategies to your daily routine!Episode Timestamps[07:11] - Identify your non-negotiables[07:41] - Lean into things that have been working[08:30] - How bad do you want to make it work[09:47] - Consider where the lack of momentum is coming fromEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeEvery entrepreneur should have a set of non-negotiablesDouble down on things that have been working well for your businessThink about what you need to do in order to achieve your goalsIdentify why you may have the lack of momentum to do certain tasksImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Join the Youpreneur Incubator Coaching Group for 2021!Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
11/23/2020 • 14 minutes, 21 seconds
What Do You Want Your Legacy and Impact to Be?
We can’t hustle forever. There comes a time when we eventually have to start winding it back and taking it easy. There’s no time to be wishing that you had done certain things, or wished things went differently, you’re in control of what you want your legacy and impact to be. In this episode, I discuss exactly what legacy and impact means for personal brand entrepreneurs. Tune in to find out exactly why now is the time for you to start working towards building your legacy. Episode Timestamps[03:47] - Your legacy and impact is not about you[05:13] - How Zig Ziglar’s legacy is still making an impact today[05:56] - What it takes to have a lasting legacy[08:19] - What happens when you make your life’s work about helping other peopleEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeYour personal brand will fade away if it’s all about youThink about how you can consistently over-deliver for your communityIt should always be about helping other peoplePeople will become devoted and loyal to you Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Last chance to sign up for the FREE Profitable Personal Brand Challenge!Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of...
11/16/2020 • 11 minutes, 10 seconds
The 5 Key Stages to Building the Business of You
Youpreneurship is the idea of building a business around you, your personality and expertise, but most importantly, building a business that is not reliant on you. In this episode, I deep dive into the 5 key stages of Youpreneurship, also what I call the ‘Business of You’. Tune in to find out exactly what they are and how you can start implementing these strategies into your business. Episode Timestamps[02:40] - Definition of the ‘Business of You’ [03:30] - Building your audience[04:52] - Amplifying your message[06:06] - Leveraging your community[09:25] - Creating a passive income streamEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe importance of consistently showing up for your audienceSpread your message by being seen as the expert of your nicheHow writing a book is a great way to further serve your communityWhy every entrepreneur should be creating a passive income streamImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Sign up for the FREE Profitable Personal Brand Challenge!Join the 2021 Youpreneur Incubator WaitlistCheck out Chris’ Round Table MastermindPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to <a href="https://www.chrisducker.com/itunes"...
11/9/2020 • 17 minutes, 19 seconds
2 Ways to Become a Future-Proof Personal Brand Entrepreneur
Not everybody can build and run a business. In order to do it, you have to be willing to put the extra work and hours in, and you must think long-term and not just about the next 5 years. In this episode, I share 2 main strategies I’ve been using for the past 10 years that have enabled me to build a future-proof personal brand business. Tune in to find out what they are so that you can start working towards doing likewise! Episode Timestamps[03:22] - One very important question to ask yourself[06:18] - Build a business for its own sake[07:24] - Be adaptable to a changing business landscape[08:37] - Make use of the tools that are available to youEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeWhy it’s so important to plan long-termBuild a business because you dream about running that businessTo build and grow a business, you must be flexiblePeople want to do business with other peopleImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Sign up for the FREE Profitable Personal Brand Challenge!Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of
11/2/2020 • 12 minutes, 11 seconds
Building a Brand Through Consistency with Mike Morrison
You’ve probably heard many people say that consistency pays off, and it’s one hundred percent true. Success doesn’t happen overnight, it takes time and requires consistently showing up for your audience. In this episode, I invite Mike Morrison of the Membership Guys to discuss how he and his partner, Callie (also co-founder of the Membership Guys) has built an extremely successful 7-figure business and how being consistent has played a huge part in the journey. Tune in to hear Mike and Callie’s story of building a brand through consistency. Episode Timestamps[08:59] - How the Membership Guys started[12:08] - The one focal point that Mike and Callie have stuck to for the last 5 years[15:46] - The behind the scenes of running an event[24:58] - Why Mike’s podcast is purely evergreen contentEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe importance of sticking to the same business missionHow running an event meant losing focus on membership related projectsProducing evergreen content is always better than jumping on current trendsWhy showing up is so vital for entrepreneursImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Check out the Membership GuysPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them...
10/26/2020 • 32 minutes
This ONE Strategy Will Catapult Your Influence
Podcasts have always been a fantastic way to expand your reach and visibility by appearing on other people’s shows, and in doing so, widen your network by building new relationships with likeminded people.In this episode, I discuss the podcast industry and how fast it’s growing, as well as the importance of utilizing the medium to grow your online audience. Tune in to find out the one strategy that will catapult your influence as a personal brand entrepreneur.Episode Timestamps[05:03] - Predicted ad spend for podcasts by the end of 2021[07:13] - Why every podcast guest needs to be interested[08:30] - Always give away your best advice[10:34] - Keep the connection goingEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeUtilizing podcasts as a marketing strategyBe genuinely interested about the host and their audienceDon’t hold back on the knowledge you’re sharingThe conversation doesn’t end when the episode doesImportant Links & Mentions From This Episode Episode 402 - Market Like a Magnet and Profit QuickerPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
10/19/2020 • 14 minutes, 38 seconds
How Having a Growth Mindset is Everything with Josh York
It’s not possible to be motivated every single day of the week, we all have moments when we feel like we’ve hit a wall. However, one thing that can help with this is to have a growth mindset and to be as consistent as possible with what we’re doing. In this episode, I invite Josh York of GYMGUYZ to discuss all things mindset and how important it is for entrepreneurs to never stop learning new things. Tune in to find out how having a growth mindset is everything when it comes to building and growing a business. Episode Timestamps[09:18] - People need positivity [11:04] - Leaders create other leaders[20:08] - Always take action[20:49] - Learn something new every single dayEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeIt’s impossible to be motivated every day, but consistency is keyImportance of having a work-life balanceIf you’re not learning, you’re not growingRelationships can lead to amazing opportunities Important Links & Mentions From This Episode Josh’s Podcast - Fuel Your DriveJosh’s Company, GYMGUYSPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your
10/12/2020 • 32 minutes, 2 seconds
Tips on Staying Focused as an Entrepreneur
Our daily routines have been significantly disrupted over these last few months with the global pandemic, and with that, so has our ability to stay truly focused while working from home. In this episode, I talk all about the importance of focus and how now, more than ever, focus is playing a bigger, key component when it comes to success in business. Tune in to find out my top tips on staying focused as an entrepreneur!Episode Timestamps[03:54] - You have everything you need to stay focused[05:17] - Make it easy for yourself[05:55] - How you can stay accountable[07:55] - Benefits of habit stacking Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeYour environment has more of an impact than you may thinkSurround yourself with the strategies and equipment needed to get things doneMake your goals public to stay accountable to themBlock out websites and notifications that waste your timeImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
10/5/2020 • 14 minutes, 15 seconds
Importance of Playing the Long Game in Business
Playing the long game in business isn’t about your 1 year, 5 year or even 10 year business plan. It’s about the long game that will ensure your success and sustainability as a personal brand entrepreneur for your entire career. In this episode, I discuss why every entrepreneur needs to have a clear understanding of what their why is and how vital it is for business growth. Tune in as I talk all about the importance of playing the long game in business. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe long game isn’t about your business plan for the next few years, it’s about your entire careerHow identifying your why is essential for every entrepreneurWhen you know exactly what you’re all about, the long game will be clearer for you to understand and recognizeRemember you always have the power of saying noImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeHow to Market Like a Magnet and Profit Quicker, Episode 402Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
9/28/2020 • 9 minutes, 5 seconds
How to Market Like a Magnet and Profit Quicker
The term ‘market like a magnet’ refers to communicating and connecting with your ideal customers in a way that works well for you and your business. When you market like a magnet, you’re attracting the right type of people that you want in your ecosystem and you repel the rest. In this episode, I share my top three ways you should be marketing in order to target your ideal client, and the benefits you’ll see from doing so. Tune in to find out how you can market like a magnet and profit quicker. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeConsistently show up for your audience and always be authenticIdentify what platforms works well for the content you’re putting out and go all inPeople will stay loyal to people who truly show up for themMarketing doesn’t end when you make a sale, it’s only the beginning of a relationship with your customer! Important Links & Mentions From This EpisodeHow to Make Your Personal Brand Stand Out, Episode 400Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
9/21/2020 • 13 minutes, 9 seconds
How Putting in the Personal Brand Work… Worked! With Mark Schaefer
Success doesn’t happen overnight. It takes time, hard work and dedication. Simply saying that you’re going to show up and be there for your community isn’t enough. You have to put in the work to make it happen.In this episode, I invite Mark Schaefer back onto the show to discuss how his personal brand ultimately saved his business during the current pandemic and how being consistent over the years enabled him to get to where he is now. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeHow showing up and being consistent will pay offYour personal brand IS the brandReputation is everything for personal brand entrepreneursPeople will remember your actions and how you showed up for themImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeThe Power of Personal Brand Pivoting, Episode 247How to Pivot to a Personal Brand Business, Episode 322Pick up Mark’s Book, KnownPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
9/14/2020 • 20 minutes, 32 seconds
How to Make Your Personal Brand Stand Out
One thing every single personal brand entrepreneur has in common is that they don’t have anything in common. What works for myself, might not work as well for you, or the next person. In this episode, I discuss the importance of identifying what your strengths are so that you can lean into them more and use them to your advantage. Tune in to find out the ways you can make your personal brand stand out.Episode Timestamps[00:30] – Celebrating 400 episodes of Youpreneur FM![04:00] – The one thing every personal brand entrepreneur have in common[04:54] – The importance of leaning into your strengths more[05:20] – Why you should stop being consumed by other people[06:09] – Where you should be focusing your energy onEssential Learning Points From This EpisodeStop being consumed by what other people are doingWhat matters most is how you’re showing up for your tribeFocus your energy on your own personal developmentThink about the uniqueness that you bring to the tableImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
9/7/2020 • 11 minutes, 15 seconds
Using Instagram to Get More Coaching Clients with Craig Ballantyne
Instagram has always been a great platform for entrepreneurs to use to not only spread their brand message and share what they’re all about, but to also build a wider audience and reach new people that they can offer their services to. In this episode, I invite Craig Ballantyne onto the show to discuss all things Instagram and how he has utilized the platform to get more coaching clients. Tune in to find out how you can start using Instagram in a way that will give you the results you want to see. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeStick to posting schedules that workGiveaways are a great way to get people into your communityLook into your insights to see when your audience is active on InstagramAlways be clear on what your CTA isImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeFollow Craig on InstagramCheck out Craig’s websitePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/31/2020 • 36 minutes, 48 seconds
Designing Your Perfect Work Day
Our daily routines have been significantly affected over the last couple of months, and due to that, it has been difficult for a lot of entrepreneurs to get into the flow of working properly, whilst having distractions at home.In this episode, I discuss how to design your perfect work day to not only ensure that you get everything ticked off your daily to-do list, but to also make sure that you enjoy the working day. Tune in to find out why it’s so important to set up your day in a way that suits you and your lifestyle. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeWorking 9-5 doesn’t have to apply to you if you know that you won’t be as productive during those hoursIdentify what is already working for you in your daily routine and lean more into thatHave a slow morning if that works better for you and makes you more energetic for the dayPlan your work flow accordingly to what is going on around you and within your businessSchedule your work into input and output categoriesImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/24/2020 • 11 minutes, 19 seconds
How to Pivot & Still Get Attention with Neen James
As we know, 2020 has been a whirlwind of a year, and a lot of entrepreneurs have had to pivot their business and their approach during the last few months, amid everything that has been going on. In this episode, I invite Neen James onto the show to discuss how she has pivoted her own business, from traveling the world as a keynote speaker, to now working directly with businesses and offering her services. Tune in to find out how to pivot and still get attention from your current and potential clients. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThink about how YOU can help your clients People have become a lot more authentic and true to themselves during the pandemicPrioritise moving your business forward by achieving the goals you set for yourselfBeing part of coaching groups is great to make you stay accountable to those goalsFocus on the people you want to serveImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeFolding Time Complete BookNeen’s Daily TrackerBe Proactive, Not Reactive VideoPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top
8/17/2020 • 33 minutes, 13 seconds
How to Achieve All the Goals You Set for Yourself
There are lots of tools available that will help you to plan out all of the goals you want to achieve, but not many people actually talk about how and what you should be doing in order to take action towards achieving those goals. In this episode, I talk about setting goals and exactly what you can do to make sure you achieve them. Tune in to find out how you can track your progress and ensure that you stay accountable. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeYou can spend a lot of time researching lots of resources that will help you to plan your goals, but you won’t actually be achieving any of your goals Achieving all your goals requires a different skill set and level of commitment Reviewing your goals either monthly or quarterly is a great way to stay accountableAccomplishing big goals is a myth!Important Links & Mentions From This EpisodeHow to Become Truly Iconic with Scott McKainChris’ Biggest Business Decision of 2020Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/10/2020 • 10 minutes, 13 seconds
How to Become Truly Iconic with Scott McKain
We’ve reached a point where people are simply doing too much at all times, but are forgetting the fundamentals and the importance of gaining clarity in the online entrepreneurship space. In this episode, I invite Scott McKain onto the show to discuss the 4 step process that will help you to be more iconic within your work and with your customers. Tune in to find out exactly how you can do it. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe difference between being distinctive and being iconicEntrepreneurs are good at what they do, but they’re not sure what they should be doing in order to stand out in the hypercompetitive industryYoupreneurs must have full clarity of what they’re all about and who they want to help Time is your most valuable commodity as an entrepreneurImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodePick up Scott’s bestselling book, IconicPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
8/3/2020 • 46 minutes, 12 seconds
How to Handle Stress as an Entrepreneur
One subject that affects everyone is stress, and it’s something each and everyone one of us has experienced significantly during the last couple of months, understandably. It can be hard to truly manage stress without it overtaking your day-to-day life activities. In this episode, I deep dive into the subject of stress and how to deal with it, particularly for us business owners. Tune in to find out how you can better handle stress as an entrepreneur. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeFind ways to connect with other people in your industry, e.g. through an IG live or a Zoom callTry to have as much of a structured daily routine as you possibly canHave small breaks during your day to allow yourself to ‘switch off’ from work for just a short amount of timeBe gentle with yourself, stress happens to everyone, don’t be too hard on yourself!Important Links & Mentions From This EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/27/2020 • 12 minutes, 4 seconds
Self-Publishing Secrets Revealed with Chandler Bolt
If writing a book has been on your bucket list for a while, whilst you have a little bit of extra time on your hands, now is definitely the time to get stuck into the process! Writing a book can open up so many amazing opportunities and can be a great way to not only recession-proof your business, but will allow you to stand out from the crowd, regardless of your industry. In this episode, I invite Chandler Bolt, CEO of Self-Publishing School onto the show to discuss all things books, the benefits of writing them for your personal brand and the secrets of self-publishing. Tune in to find out how you can get started with writing your first or next book with the help of these tips!Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeIt’s 100% doable to build a business based around your bookBooks will recession-proof your business, regardless of your industryMind maps are a great way to braindump all of your ideas for the book which you can then expand on and start outlining the chapters 70% of books sold are purchased on Amazon, which makes it a lot easier to self-publish and still get your book seen by tens of thousands of people onlineThe difference between having a cover that looks good and a cover that will convertOne vital rule to follow is to not edit whilst you’re writing, always edit after!Important Links & Mentions From This EpisodeSign up for Chris and Chandler’s FREE webinarPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it
7/20/2020 • 33 minutes, 34 seconds
The Power of Saying No More Often
As Youpreneurs, you are in control of what you say no and yes to. A lot of entrepreneurs feel like they need to say yes to everything, particularly at the beginning of their entrepreneurial journey. However, in doing so, you’ll actually end up putting more work on your plate than you can really handle! In this episode, I talk about the power of saying no more often and how important it is to only say yes to the things that are going to serve you and your community. Tune into how you learn how you can start doing likewise. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe power of saying noSay no to things that aren’t in relation to your niche or industryIdentify what your non-negotiables are as a YoupreneurAlways listen to your gut feeling, it’s usually right!Important Links & Mentions From This EpisodeMy Biggest Business Decision of 2020Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/13/2020 • 12 minutes, 19 seconds
My Biggest Business Decision of 2020
A few weeks ago, we announced that we would be turning the inaugural Youpreneur Summit to an online experience due to the current uncertainties around the world. However, two weeks into the ticket sale launch, we realised the numbers simply weren’t there and it was clear that a lot of people weren’t a huge fan of the virtual setup for the event. In this episode, I talk about the biggest business decision I’ve had to make of 2020. It was a tough call, but I believe it was the correct decision to make. Tune in to find out the reasoning as to why we decided to cancel this year’s Youpreneur Summit. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeThe importance of listening to your audienceWhy reviewing the work involved will help you to understand if it makes business sense to do itWe have to do things for the right reasonsKnowing when it’s time to call it a dayImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
7/6/2020 • 13 minutes, 55 seconds
How to Sell More Copies of Your Book Post-Launch
You’ve launched your book and now it’s time to make sure you continue to sell copies of it going into the future! All authors want their book to stay relevant, months and even years after it’s initially published. In this episode, I share 7 ways to ensure you can sell more copies of your book long after you launch. Tune to find out how you can reach new potential readers through organic social media reach and also paid advertising, as well as connecting with your audience on a personal level. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeHave a dedicated page on your website that’s all about your bookTeam up with people on social media by sending them free copies of your book to spread the word to their audienceInvest in paid advertising to promote relevant book content on your website and then retarget those people into purchasing the bookShoot a book video trailer to explain what the book is about on a more personal level and allow potential readers to connect with youPrepare a set of social media images and related copy that you can use to continue promoting your bookCreate a video series that explains your book and your reason behind writing itImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeGet your first 4 Splasheo videos FREEWatch the full book series on YouTubeHow to Decide Your Book TopicTips for Writing a Bestselling Expert BookSell Your Book While You’re Still Writing ItMaking Your Book a BestsellerPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload the Bestselling Secrets FREE GuideJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets...
6/29/2020 • 12 minutes, 59 seconds
Making Your Book a Bestseller
Writing a book is the first part, now it’s time to make it a bestseller! Whether you go down the traditional publishing route or self publish, you yourself will be doing all of the book marketing. In this episode, I share 5 simple strategies that will help you become a bestselling author. Tune in to find out how you can have a successful book launch, reach a wider audience and get lots of book reviews within the process! Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeShare your book launch with people you have worked with in the pastHold a virtual launch party and explain the why behind your book, who it’s for and what problems it’s going to solve for peopleRun a competition during the virtual launch party for anyone who purchases your book there and thenTraditional advertising shouldn’t be forgotten about, but it will need to be done a while before the launch itselfGet on as many podcast interviews as you can to spread the word about your book to a wider audienceImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeGet your first 4 Splasheo videos FREEWatch the full book series on YouTubeHow to Decide Your Book TopicTips for Writing a Bestselling Expert BookSell Your Book While You’re Still Writing ItPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload the Bestselling Secrets FREE GuideJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of...
6/22/2020 • 9 minutes, 42 seconds
Sell Your Book While You're Still Writing It
Planning your book launch is no walk in the park. There is a lot of planning and preparation that needs to go into it to ensure it’s a success. The good thing is that it’s never too early to start marketing your book, in fact, you can do it while you’re still actually writing!In this episode, I share a few ways you can spread the word about your new upcoming book before it’s even published. Tune in to find out how you can get a headstart on your book marketing. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeHave a dedicated VIP waitlist page on your website where you can collect emails of people who are interested in purchasing your book when it’s publishedThis email list will be crucial for when you launchShare BTS of the overall book writing process on social media to increase excitement around your bookBuild relationships with journalists and other leaders within your niche Ask your peers within your industry to share endorsements of your bookImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodeGet your first 4 Splasheo videos FREEWatch the full book series on YouTubeHow to Decide Your Book TopicTips for Writing a Bestselling Expert BookPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload the Bestselling Secrets FREE GuideJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media...
6/15/2020 • 9 minutes, 55 seconds
Tips for Writing a Bestselling Expert Book
Now that you’ve decided on a book topic, it’s time to start writing! Now, writing a book is hard work and a lot of authors will experience that the writing process can become a chore. However, there are a few things you can do to prevent this from happening.In this episode, I share my top 6 tips that will help you to stay motivated during the writing stage of your book. Tune in to learn how starting the writing process with a draft outline will make it easier to write your book, as well as how important it is to get a fresh pair of eyes to review what you’ve written. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodePlan the book out first by outlining what the different chapters and sections will consist ofWrite down bullet-points to develop the argument and conclusion for each of the chaptersWork on the bullet-points and expand them into full sentences and paragraphsIt’s vital to get a few people to review your book during the writing stageRewrite the book after you’ve received feedback from those people Important Links & Mentions From This EpisodeGet your first 4 Splasheo videos FREEWatch the full book series on YouTubeHow to Decide Your Book TopicPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload the Bestselling Secrets FREE GuideJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also,...
6/8/2020 • 9 minutes, 55 seconds
How to Decide Your Book Topic
Has writing a book been on your bucket list for a while? The first obstacle a lot of budding authors will face is picking the topic of the book and actually sticking to it. However, it doesn’t need to be as hard as you may think! In this episode, I share the things you need to figure out that will help you decide your book topic. Tune in to find out how you can identify who your book will be for, what problems it will solve and how you can ensure your book is aligned with your overall brand message.Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeIdentify who you are going to write your book forHaving a clear understanding of who the book is for will make it easier to write itFigure out what problems you’re going to solve for those people Your book should be aligned with your overall brand message and what you’re all about as an entrepreneurUnderstand your why behind writing your book Important Links & Mentions From This EpisodeGet your first 4 Splasheo videos FREE Watch the full book series on YouTubePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDefining Your Perfect CustomerDefining Who You AreDownload the Bestselling Secrets FREE GuideJoin the Youpreneur Academy todayJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channelJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlistBrowse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by...
6/1/2020 • 9 minutes, 35 seconds
The ONE Simple Exercise That Changed My Life!
As entrepreneurs, it’s impossible for us to do absolutely everything in our businesses, even if we think we can! This is called ‘superhero syndrome’, which makes it extremely difficult for us to delegate those tasks. However, there comes a time when we do need to ‘let go’ of some of tasks that we maybe don’t enjoy, or we’re not very good at. In this episode, I talk about how the three lists to freedom exercise completely changed my life and how I operated my business. Tune in to find out how important it will be for you to do this very simple exercise at least twice a year to enable you to rethink the way you’re running your business and allow you to focus your time and efforts into areas that only you can do. Essential Learning Points From This EpisodeSuperhero syndrome is a real thing that every entrepreneur experiencesIdentify the things you don’t enjoy doing within your business day-to-dayList down the tasks that you’re currently doing, but you’re not very good at!Think about the type of things you deep down do not actually want to be doing within your business and feel someone else could be doing them insteadThe 3 lists to freedom is an exercise that will deep dive into the areas within your business that need to changeImportant Links & Mentions From This EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual Freedom100 Tasks You Can Delegate!Join the Youpreneur Academy today!Join the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Join the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of
5/25/2020 • 15 minutes, 14 seconds
Understanding the Alter Ego Effect with Todd Herman
Performance coach and mentor, Todd Herman has spent the last 21 years helping top elite athletes, leaders and public figures to become the best version of themselves by tapping into their alter egos.In this episode, Chris and Todd discuss the subject of authenticity and how it’s involved while using an alter ego, tune in to find out why it’s an absolute game changer for yourself as an individual and a business owner. Essential learning Points From This EpisodeWhy Todd’s go-to weapon when helping people is always their alter egoHow authenticity is involved with alter egosThe story behind Martin Luther King Jr. and his glasses When you recreate your identify, it changes everythingPlayfulness is the main way people unlock the flow of state There’s never only one version of yourselfImportant Links & Mentions From this EpisodeDoing the Pandemic Pivot with Viveka von RosenJoin the Youpreneur Academy today!Get a copy of Todd's book: The Alter Ego EffectJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
5/18/2020 • 32 minutes, 49 seconds
Doing the Pandemic Pivot on Linkedin with Viveka von Rosen
LinkedIn is a great place to expand your network, as well as finding your perfect prospects. Although it may be quite spammy at times, it is a platform you should be investing your time into in order to grow your online presence. In this episode, Viveka von Rosen of Vengresso joins the show to give her top tips on how you can utilize LinkedIn properly during this current pandemic. Tune in to find out the ways you can get started to ensure your time and efforts produce the results you want to see, as well as continuing to serve your community when they need it the most! Essential learning Points From This Episode:Update your current headline and banner that reflects what you are currently doing during this time to help your communityThe featured section on your profile is great to highlight recent blog posts, podcast episodes or even your latest YouTube video!LinkedIn prefers it when members publish content natively rather than using a scheduling toolInclude a strong and clear CTA in your captionsAlways personalize your invitations to connect with someoneImportant Links & Mentions From this EpisodeFree Resources on VengressoJoin the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
5/11/2020 • 41 minutes, 19 seconds
5 Life Lessons That Everyone Needs To Hear From Bruce Lee
Most people will know Bruce Lee for being one of the best karate experts of all time and for his kung-fu movies. However, he was also a philosopher and an extremely deep thinker. Bruce wrote many books that go into full detail about his thoughts and the life lessons he wanted to share with the world. In this episode, I share 5 of his life lessons that every business owner and entrepreneur needs to hear and recognise. Tune in as I discuss how important they are and why each of them will have a huge impact on the way you think, approach things going forward and much more. Essential learning Points From This Episode:Adding more work to your day-to-day will only cause more stress, learn to simplify!Overcome the feeling of always wanting to be better than everyone elseAvoid looking for validation from other peopleContinue working towards your goals until you achieve themAlways be your unique selfImportant Links & Mentions From this EpisodeBruce Lee’s BooksGet your first 4 videos FREE with Splasheo!Join the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding...
5/4/2020 • 17 minutes
How to Stop Overthinking and Get Things Done!
Overthinking is something we have all experienced, particularly for entrepreneurs as a lot of the business decisions will usually come down to us directly. Although we can never completely stop overthinking altogether, there are a few things we can do to limit how often we do it and how we can continue getting things done. In this episode, I share 5 ways that will help you to think more positively on a day-to-day basis towards the things that are on your calendar. Tune in as I discuss how you can set your day up for less overthinking and stress by taking more control of your approach to your tasks.Essential learning Points From This Episode:Structure your calendar by focusing on one task at a time and taking a short break each time you complete a taskSet the tone for the day first thing to prevent having a negative feeling towards the day aheadBe dedicated to taking actions every single dayFocus more on the things that are in your controlImportant Links & Mentions From this EpisodeGet your first 4 videos FREE with Splasheo!Join the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! <strong style="background-color: transparent; color: rgb(0, 0,...
4/27/2020 • 12 minutes, 1 second
5 Tips for Working at Home and Staying Productive!
Working from home can have so many distractions, from kids, things that need to be done around the house, to the postman making deliveries a couple times a week. All of these things can’t be helped. However, there are a few things we can do to ensure that when we are working, we’re being super productive and getting as much work done as we can.In this episode, I share my 5 top tips to help you stay productive while working at home and how to set boundaries to ensure you don’t get interrupted by people in the house during your working day. Tune in as I discuss how important it is to make sure you have a strict work routine to follow each day.Essential learning Points From This Episode:Maintain a regular and consistent working scheduleKeep your workspace as clean and productive as possibleWe have the tools we need at home to continue serving our communityEnsure you have a good work-life balance and still stay in contact with your family and friendsImportant Links & Mentions From this EpisodeGet your first 4 videos FREE with Splasheo!Join the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! <strong...
4/20/2020 • 12 minutes, 2 seconds
10 Ways to Stay Productive and Motivated
It’s not easy to stay motivated all the time. However, there are a few things you can do to try and be as motivated as you possibly can be at given times to help stay on track with your goals and continue being productive day-to-day. One way people become unmotivated and stop believing in themselves is when they do not embrace the things they’ve achieved and only focus on the tasks they haven’t completed yet. In this episode, I share 10 ways you can stay productive and continue getting all your tasks done. Tune in as I discuss how important it is to reward yourself for achieving small goals and how it will help you to stop procrastinating on things that have been on your to-do list for a while! Essential learning Points From This Episode:Reward yourself after completing a taskWrite your past successes and wins down to remember your achievementsPush through the fear of failingDon’t compare yourself to other people, everyone is on a different journeyImportant Links & Mentions From this EpisodeGet your first 4 videos FREE with Splasheo!Join the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Subscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! <strong style="background-color:...
4/13/2020 • 14 minutes, 49 seconds
Be Proactive: Crisis Management for Entrepreneurs
With everything that has been going on in the world recently, a lot of us feel completely out of control. As entrepreneurs, we’re type A individuals and having zero control over a situation can be really hard. However, there are a few things that we can control, the main thing being our outlook and how we react to the situation. In this episode, I share my top tips on how you can prepare and handle crisis management to have the best possible outcome for you and your business. Tune in as I discuss how important it is to be proactive and not reactive in the current climate. Essential learning Points From This Episode:Be proactive and not reactive!Evaluate your current set-up and see if there’s anything you can changeThink about what you can continue to do to serve your community and help themCommunicate with your team and be the leader they look up toStay positive and focused on the things you can controlImportant Links & Mentions From this EpisodeGet your first 4 videos FREE with Splasheo!Join the Youpreneur Hub Facebook Group Coffee with Chris on FacebookSubscribe to Chris’ YouTube channel! Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding...
4/6/2020 • 12 minutes, 51 seconds
3 Key Tips to Building a Solid Personal Brand
There are several elements that go into building a personal brand but what many entrepreneurs seem to lose track of is that a personal brand is so much more than a flashy logo or a fancy website. It’s a lot bigger than that. It’s who you are, what you do and what people say about you when you aren’t in the room. In this episode, I go back to personal brand basics as I dive into three main aspects you should have in place to build a solid and profitable personal brand. Tune in as I talk about focusing on your existing clients instead of chasing new ones, a few tips on sharing your brand story and a whole lot more. This episode is short and sharp, but it’s definitely one that allows you to take action immediately so get ready to listen and jump to work!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How taking care of your existing clients can make an impact on your brandWhy you need to put your “story” out there for people to connect withThe importance of creating an About Page that serves potential customersWhy you shouldn’t build your personal brand and business on rented landMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I...
3/30/2020 • 12 minutes, 34 seconds
Handling Stress as an Entrepreneur
The entrepreneurial lifestyle can be quite a rollercoaster ride at times. There are those high points where owning your own business can feel liberating and incredibly rewarding, but a lot of the ride is filled with long hours, hard work and dealing with a lot of stress. Whether you stay cool under pressure or stress out easily, every entrepreneur learns to develop their own strategies when coping with stress in order to remain productive and keep burnout at bay. In this episode, I share three quick tips I use when it comes to managing stress and how you can even turn it into an advantage. Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Using stress to your advantage to approach goals and challenges with innovationWhy you need to adjust your perspective when it comes to approaching stressTaking yourself off autopilot every so often to get re-centered and focusedThe importance of deciding what’s most important to you and yoursMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this EpisodePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t...
3/23/2020 • 9 minutes, 29 seconds
Setting Up Your Day for Success
Have you ever wondered how so many successful entrepreneurs run their businesses, spend quality time with their families and focus on their passion projects with ease? One common thread they all tend to share is a set morning routine to help them prime their day for success.Up until a few years ago, I never really took the beginning of the day all that seriously myself until meeting Hal Elrod and Amy Landino whose books have completely revolutionized how I start my mornings. In this episode, I talk about the importance of morning routines and share my own six tips that you can use to get ahead of your day. Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you need to plan for success the night beforeWhy I keep black spaces when I schedule out my dayWhy I believe all entrepreneurs should keep a notebook beside their bedsWhat I’ve learned so far from tracking my sleep habits and activityMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this EpisodeHal ElrodThe Miracle MorningAmy LandinoGood Morning, Good LifeOura RingChris Ducker’s YouTube ChannelPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding...
3/16/2020 • 11 minutes, 33 seconds
Why YouTube Should Be in Your 2020 Marketing Strategy
Whether you are a budding content creator or a seasoned marketer that’s looking to give the platform another try, the most recent statistics on YouTube marketing show that it’s not too late to get started with it this year. Honestly speaking, I’ve been pretty guilty of not focusing on it myself over the past few years but I’m making sure that all changes this year. In this podcast episode, I talk about how YouTube is continuing to dominate and why personal brand entrepreneurs should consider it as part of their own marketing strategies. I also share how I’ve been planning out my content lately and how my channel’s grown a thousand new subscribers in just one month! Lots of exciting developments and takeaways in this episode, so grab those headphones and get ready to tune in!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:YouTube is the second largest search engine onlineIt’s not too late to get started with your YouTube journeyWhy you always need to be creating regular evergreen contentWhat Amy Landino means by creating a hub strategyMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this EpisodeAmy LandinoChris Ducker’s YouTube channelPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s...
3/9/2020 • 10 minutes, 29 seconds
3 Ideas to Make Your Brand Stand Out
Branding can be a tough process but getting your brand to stand out against a crowded landscape can be an even bigger challenge. No matter how unique or niched down you get with your product or service, there will always be stiff competition out there which is why brand differentiation is so important.On the podcast this week, I share my three ideas on how to help your brand stand out. I also discuss the importance of owning your brand story, making a mark within your own industry and how taking some bold stances can help you attract the best audience for you and repel the rest. Most importantly when it comes to building a brand, there are always learning curves and roadblocks to overcome so don’t be afraid to be bold, get out there and try new things!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you need to tell your story on a more regular basisReinventing a category within the niche you are inHow big brands use their founder stories as part of their heritageWhen it comes to branding, don’t be afraid to be bold and stand outMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this EpisodeJeff BezosElon MuskRichard BransonGary VaynerchukPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and
3/2/2020 • 10 minutes, 12 seconds
How to Write Your First Book
Becoming a published author has been a goal I’ve noticed more and more Youpreneurs chasing lately, and for good reason. Getting a book out into the world is one of the most effective expert positioning strategies you can use. In this episode, I talk about the writing process itself, the importance of validating your idea and what publishing route you might want to take to get your book out there whether it’s through traditional or self-publishing.I also share my own personal experiences with writing routines and retreats, what worked best for me and why I decided to go down the self-publishing route myself for my second book, Rise of the Youpreneur. What’s your favorite tip when it comes to writing a book? I’d love to hear it - send me a message over on Instagram at @chrisducker and let me know!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:When is the best time to get a book out into the worldThe easiest way to serve up and write a book is to make sure you survey your audience firstYou don’t have to force yourself into a writing routine if it doesn’t work for youThe difference between using traditional versus self-publishing How to approach your book launch planMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this EpisodeYoupreneur Book Launch VideoSurveyMonkeyYoupreneur HubYoupreneur AcademyPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’...
2/24/2020 • 16 minutes, 13 seconds
Building a Speaking Career Into Your Youpreneur Ecosystem
Whether you are speaking to a classroom-sized workshop or taking on the big stage in front of hundreds of people, building your speaking career is a sure-fire way to position yourself as an expert in your field, develop a deeper connection with a brand audience and spread your message...all at the same time. If you’ve been thinking about whether you should start hitting stages this year, this episode is all about how you can build a speaking career into your Youpreneur ecosystem. I dive into the basics you’ll need to cover from crafting your talk to getting ready to hit the stage.I also talk about the different ways you can monetize your speaking career, important things you’ll need to invest in to take your speaking to the next level plus my number one tip when building a slide deck. Get that notepad and pen out, you’re going to need it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Do you even need to build a speaking career to develop your personal brandHow you can approach speakers to offer to speak Different ways you can monetize your speaking careerApproaching the free versus the paid speaking modelMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Youpreneur AcademyPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube! Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to...
2/17/2020 • 19 minutes, 53 seconds
5 Ways to Monetize Your Podcast
Podcast’s popularity shows no sign of slowing down with the number of daily podcasts tripling since 2017, but creating and producing a podcast takes a lot more than just showing up behind a mic. If you feel like you’ve built a good-sized audience and you’ve hit a healthy number of episode downloads then it might be high time to start making your show work for you. Tune into this episode as I share five different ways you can monetize your podcast, from sponsorships and affiliates to using loyalty programs.Whether you’re a podcasting newbie or a veteran with more than a 100 episodes under your belt, it’s important to know how you can monetize your podcast. Try out different approaches to see what works for your audience and fits with your brand. And don’t forget to let me know which method works for you over on Instagram at @chrisducker.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:The 3 different ways you can approach sponsorships when it comes to your podcastCoaching can be extremely beneficial and profitable but it’s one of the most unscalable monetization modelsYou need to be consistent with the offers that you are physically promoting. Using the power of 3 when it comes to promoting affiliatesMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Move IQ Podcast with Phil SpencerConvertKitPatreonAmy LandinoYoupreneur AcademyPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur Summit<a href="https://riseoftheyoupreneur.com/" target="_blank" style="background-color:...
2/10/2020 • 17 minutes, 44 seconds
5 Aspects to Focus on In Your Business This Year
The start of a brand new year is always so exciting for me, it allows me to set the stage for how I want to run my business and hit my goals for the rest of the year. However, if you want to get started the right way, it means that you’ve got to sit down and plan what you want to focus on. What you want to focus on really all comes down to you, where you are in your business and what you want to achieve. In this episode I’ll be sharing the five aspects that I’m personally planning to focus on this year and why they are key to helping me achieve business success.When it comes to running a business, the days are long but the years are short which is why you need to get clear on what you want to get done so you can start planning and take action quickly before the year just slips on by. What do you plan on focusing on in 2020? I’d love to know.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why I’ll be breaking up our downtime into shorter stretches this yearLeaders need to continue to learn in order to lead Why you need to determine the right kinds of live events to attendThe importance of planning your launches around the public calendar properlyMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
2/3/2020 • 14 minutes, 52 seconds
Beyond the Bestseller, with Hal Elrod
In the final Youpreneur Summit 2019 keynote session, author and speaker Hal Elrod shares five simple strategies to go beyond the bestseller, create content that creates a movement, earns a fortune and changes the world.Hal Elrod is a firm believer in the power of what a book can do - not only to you and your business but also the impact it can create around you. He has two reasons on why you should consider getting started: making an impact that’s scalable and an income that’s scalable. This insightful and moving keynote was the perfect way to wrap up Youpreneur Summit 2019 so get your notepads and pens out, I guarantee you are going to need it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:The secret to writing a book and create a word of mouth phenomenon is to embed behavior change in your contentWhy every single author should have affirmations that reinforce your contentThe single biggest factor in the success of the miracle morningWe are just as worthy and deserving of achieving success as any other personMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Hal ElrodHal Elrod on TwitterTaking Life Head OnThe Miracle EquationThe Miracle MorningPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
1/26/2020 • 50 minutes, 46 seconds
Future Proofing Your Youpreneur Business
If you were to stop working today, would your business stay the same? This is something that is key critical for entrepreneurs everywhere. We all need to take a break and hit pause once in a while but does that mean your business ends up pausing as well? In this episode, Celebrity fitness expert, coach and author JJ Virgin takes the Youpreneur Stage as she delivers her keynote presentation and dives into future-proofing your own personal brand business.JJ gets down to business in her keynote as she shares how you can create financial freedom by sharing her own inspiring entrepreneurial journey, monetization models and how you can 10X your own business. Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Successful personal brands have created multiple income streams JJ shares her own entrepreneurial journey and how she created impactThe rule JJ uses when setting her own price points and what she noticed when she raised her own pricesThe power of asking and mapping out your customer journey Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:JJ VirginJJ Virgin on FacebookVirgin DietBrendon BurchardPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!
1/20/2020 • 47 minutes, 37 seconds
Exactly What to Say with Phil Jones
I’ve always been a strong believer in the saying “if you do not ask, you do not get”. It’s been a cornerstone of how I’ve built my businesses over the years and something I’ve always lived by. Speaker and author Phil Jones believes in the same thing. He believes that salespeople are born not made because everyone is born with the innate ability to ask. It’s just a matter of what and how you say it.In this episode, Phil goes into why the biggest reason that most entrepreneurs are failing to get the success they are capable of is because they aren’t asking for the things they need and how a few magic words can make a world of difference. He also shares his personal definition of what a sales person truly is and a five-step process to sales you can apply yourself. This episode is jam-packed with value bombs so get ready to take notes on exactly what you can say to get more of what you want.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Change is hard, difficult but change is required if you want to change resultsWe think it’s knowledge that leads to power yet it’s the implementation that makes power really workWhat is the one word you need to remove from your web sales copyPhil shares the different forms of motivationMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Exactly What to SayPhil M JonesPhil Jones on TwitterPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!
1/12/2020 • 53 minutes, 16 seconds
The Alter Ego Effect with Todd Herman
So many entrepreneurs know that they have what it takes to make a difference. The talent, drive and desire is there but something always seems to hold them back from becoming their best selves.Author and speaker Todd Herman takes the Youpreneur Summit stage to help unlock the hero inside as he dives into the Alter Ego effect and the science behind why this is such a powerful strategy.One of my favorite examples Todd shared during his talk was Winston Churchill who used to stand in front of a wall of hats and he would ask himself, “which self should I be today”. It was this kind of mindset of using an alter ego that helped him lead his country to victory and what so many other top-performers have used as well.Todd also shares how we develop our own identities, which creates our results and the process you can use so you can experience what you’re truly capable of. Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How we create our identities and the science behind why it’s so powerful.Why and how people get trapped when trying to excel.The process you can use so you can experience what you are capable of.How you can decide how to show up on the field.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions from this Episode:Todd HermanTodd Herman on TwitterThe Alter Ego EffectPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
1/6/2020 • 56 minutes, 35 seconds
How to Build a Business Around Your Personal Brand
Last year was a big year for personal brands. From the rise of micro-influencers across a myriad of platforms to big brands moving their ad campaign budgets from prime TV to collaborating with personal brands on platforms like Instagram, this golden era of influencer marketing doesn’t seem to be slowing down any time soon. As we enter into 2020, I share my own tips on how you can showcase your own personal brand in a fresh new way. Tune in as I share the importance of allowing yourself to be personal and vulnerable on social media, whether keeping a blog is still relevant and the questions you need to ask yourself to define what your personal brand stands for. I also talk about the importance of allowing your personal brand to evolve with your business and so much more. This episode is a short but sharp one so keep your pen and paper on you, you’ll need them!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:When you are setting up your website, make sure you get the look and feel right. It should not only reflect you but also the kind of industry you are in as well. Blogging is alive and well, it’s just grown with the times.The one thing to keep in mind no matter what platform you are planning on focusing on is giving your audience a reason to remember you. When it comes to social, don’t be afraid to get a little more personal.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions from this Episode:YOU342 - How to Choose What Domain to Use for Your Personal Brand BusinessCasey NeistatPhil M JonesMichael PortPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
12/30/2019 • 12 minutes, 51 seconds
How to Build the Right Team for Business Growth
In the early days of building my business, I hit a brick wall and realized my business was starting to run me instead of the other way around. It’s a moment that I feel a lot of entrepreneurs have felt themselves. I knew I had two options: to completely burnout or make some serious changes. Once I realized the power of outsourcing and what it could do, that was it. I went to work building my team. In this episode, I want to share a few tips on outsourcing particularly with virtual assistants so that you can get started with building your own team the right way. I also go into shifting from that Superhero Syndrome mindset and the Three Lists to Freedom exercise to guide you through the process of figuring out exactly what you should be outsourcing.As you slowly start building your team to help run your business, you’ll be able to ramp up business growth by having more time to be able to focus on the bigger picture. Remember to do what you do best and delegate the rest.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What exactly does Superhero Syndrome meanWhy the 3 Lists to Freedom exercise is something you need to do regularly.The two different types of outsourcing and why you don’t want to confuse themDebunking the myth of the Super GVA.Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:YOU131 - Avoiding Entrepreneurial Burnout Without Losing Your Business, or Your Health101 Tasks to Outsource to Virtual StaffJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
12/23/2019 • 16 minutes, 20 seconds
Tips for Getting Started with Facebook Ads
I’ve always had a complicated relationship with Facebook. There is so much noise and distraction that comes with it - tons of notifications that greet you when you open it, the crazy videos that can turn into a time suck. But love it or hate it, you definitely can’t ignore it. Especially when it comes to Facebook ads, nothing beats how zoomed in and focused you can get with your audiences. If you’ve been thinking about diving into the world of Facebook ads or if you’ve already started to get your feet wet, tune in as I share a few tips to help you get started.I discuss how targeting is essential, how you can drive traffic to your free content plus why measuring and testing is everything so you can make the most of your ad budget.When it comes to Facebook ads, there is definitely a learning curve that comes with it but once you have the basics down pat, they’re totally worth your while and can absolutely make a difference when it comes to building your business.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:When it comes to targeting, start with the people who are already visiting your site.Cheap leads aren’t always quality leads.The Facebook newsfeed is a busy place so you’ll want to use an image or video in your ad that disrupts people’s scroll and grabs their attention. One tip to keep in mind when it comes to testing is to always keep 5-20% of your campaign’s budget aside for testing. Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:YOU136 - Getting Ahead of the Game with Amy PorterfieldYoupreneur HubJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
12/16/2019 • 16 minutes, 36 seconds
Vlogging vs. Podcasting
There are so many ways to reach your audience these days. Ten years ago, blogging was considered everyone’s bread and butter, so to speak. It was the primary way we could share our message and get our content out there. Nowadays there are so many different platforms to choose from. Youpreneurs are spread across various platforms including blogging, vlogging, podcasting, using social media like Instagram and Instagram stories while other Youpreneurs focus on growing communities on Facebook or even shooting live streaming videos.This week, however, I want to zoom in on two main mediums: podcasting and vlogging. Tune in as I weigh the pros and cons of each and share a few tips on deciding which medium is right for you. I also share some interesting facts on why both mediums are worth jumping on, what you can do to get used to being in front of the camera and so much more. If you are still on the fence about whether you should be a podcaster or a vlogger, this is an episode you don’t want to miss.Essential learning points from this episode:By 2022, online videos will make up more than 82% of all consumer internet traffic.The key is to just keep shooting videos to get yourself more accustomed to it.Podcasting has a different appeal from vlogging because it creates an intimate atmosphere between you and your listener. 54% of podcast listeners are more likely to consider buying an advertised product which is great for when you are ready to start monetizing your audience.Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:Vlogging vs. Podcasting: What’s Right for YouPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
12/9/2019 • 12 minutes, 30 seconds
Writing & Marketing a Book
Becoming a published author is a goal that many people want to conquer - maybe more than you think. According to a survey, 81% of Americans want to write a book. But even with the desire to write one, I can easily say that the actual process of writing and editing a book is a completely different ball game. In this episode, I share a few guidelines you can use while writing your book including how you can get started with writing your book, what you can do to keep up that writing momentum and why it’s crucial to have a fresh pair of eyes go over your work to help you with the editing process.I also cover the second part of the book process which is marketing it and why you don’t need to wait until your book is finished to get started on it. Whether you choose the self-publishing or traditional publishing route, either way, means that you have to make book marketing your full-time job. There’s a lot of hard work that goes into becoming a published author, but I’m a big believer that everyone has a book in them. I hope you enjoy this episode of the podcast, so grab some coffee, your notepad and get to work!Essential learning points from this episode:You need to layout your reason to help you get through those days and remind you of why you started in the first place.Having an overview of how your book is going to unfold can often guide you back on the right path.Even while you are in the process of writing your book, it’s never too early to start thinking about marketing it. Think about how you can add even more value to your readers to thank them for buying your book.Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:YOU183 - Marketing Your Book All the Way to the Bestseller Lists, with Jay BaerYOU359 - Launching an Online Product or ServiceCreate SpaceJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of...
12/2/2019 • 18 minutes, 5 seconds
Launching an Online Product or Service
Launches have always been one of my favorite parts of being an entrepreneur. Yes, there’s a lot of expectation and stress that can happen during the pre-launch phase but it’s also a time where you can play around with new launch strategies that can connect you with a brand new audience. If you do have a brand new product or service that you can’t wait to share with the world, it’s important to make sure you have all your ducks in a row before unveiling it to the world. First impressions matter, so you want to make sure you launch it right. This week, I break down four particular areas when it comes to launching: pre-testing your audience, the three elements you need to create when building buzz, a few of my own favorite launch strategies that I’ve used so far and what you can do after your product or service has finally been released.There are lots of moving parts involved when it comes to a product launch which is why planning is essential from the get-go. Make sure you cover all the details (both big and small) early on so you can make sure you have a product launch that stays top of mind for everyone in your industry.Essential learning points from this episode:The different ways you can pre-test your audience to validate your business idea.How you can counteract the mid-launch lull that happens to keep those sign-ups going.How you can keep the momentum going after your launch your product or service.The three ingredients to a successful launch: excitement, creating urgency and staying engaged with your audience.Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:BonjoroWill It FlyYOU236 - Why I’m Officially Done with Launches for My BusinessPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the...
11/25/2019 • 22 minutes, 7 seconds
Taking Content Marketing to the Next Level
Content Marketing is the pillar of how I’ve built my business over the last few years, but I must confess: it hasn’t always been the streamlined process it is today. In fact, it was only a few years ago when my team and I felt like we were constantly chasing deadlines and churning out content left and right with no real direction. Fortunately, we got to the point where we decided it was high time to lay out a proper content strategy and the rest is history.What’s important to remember is that coming up with your own content marketing strategy doesn’t have to be a complicated multi-step process for it to work. You just need to always remember who you are creating content for and what kind of content can serve them best then work from there.In this episode, I share a few tips on creating your own content marketing strategy such as thinking in groups of 12 when it comes to creating content, content repurposing and setting up workflows with your team to lighten the load.I also talk about the importance of deep diving into your numbers regularly to see how your strategy is working so far and why you want to be sure that you’re making decisions on firm data, not responding to the latest algorithm update. This podcast is chock full of handy tips you can apply to your strategy so don’t forget your notebook and a pen, you’re going to need it!Essential learning points from this episode:Make sure every piece of content you create either educates, entertains or inspires your audience. People enjoy consuming content in different formats, so don’t be afraid to explore what’s out there and see what your audience prefers more.When repurposing content, make sure that the new piece of content is just as high quality as the original.Deep diving into your numbers helps you see how your strategy is working so far and what changes it might need to reach more people.Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:Content10XHow to Increase Your Traffic with Keyword Research [BLOG POST]YOU304 - How Personal Assistance Has Evolved with Emma MillsPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes
11/18/2019 • 14 minutes, 20 seconds
Building Your Community Offline with Live Events
In the Youpreneur world, we’re all about building connections whether they’re on or offline. This is why I’m a big believer in live events. There really is nothing like creating real moments and in-person connections between members. Different communities mean different approaches. You always have to make sure you anticipate what kind of event your audience needs before putting on your event-organizer hat. What works for one group - like a large-scale conference - might not work for a group that is looking for a more intimate setting. In this episode, I go through the different kinds of live events you can put on when building a vibrant tribe to help you decide.Also, stay tuned as I make a special announcement about the launch of our own brand new mastermind group, the Youpreneur Incubator. The team and I have been gathering all your feedback on how we can serve you better and we can’t wait to get this started in the new year. I talk about how it will be focusing on diversifying revenue, increasing profits and developing world-class relationships plus a few bits and pieces on how the mastermind will work and what you can expect!Essential learning points from this episode:The beauty of community meet-ups is that it can be as structured or as free as you want it to be. Encouraging your community members to have their own mini-meetups can be a great way to keep your tribe building those connections.Live events are an amazing way to help forge stronger bonds with your community and get the word out to reach a new audience.Having a core group of peers to give you that nudge in the right direction can make such a difference in how you run your business.Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:Youpreneur IncubatorYOU318 - My Biggest Takeaways from the Youpreneur SummitYOU222 - The Power of Attending and Running Live Events with Pat FlynnPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes
11/11/2019 • 14 minutes, 15 seconds
How to Monetize Your Customer Community
To monetize or not to monetize? That is the question I get asked a LOT. I know so many entrepreneurs that are on the fence when it comes to monetizing their communities because they are worried they might end up alienating them.So where do you start? What should you be giving out for free and what can you offer as paid content for your audience? In this episode, I dive into four different ways you can monetize your online community: blogging, podcasting, webinars and affiliate marketing plus a few of my favorite online tools that I like to use to make it happen.As Walt Disney once said, “We don’t make movies to make money, we make movies to make more movies.” and that’s the kind of mindset you want to have when it comes to monetizing your community. It’s never about “taking” from your audience. It’s all about being able to truly create more value for your community. Essential takeaways from this episode:The success of your blog depends on how deep you are willing to dive into your blog topic and how long you are willing to stick to it.The real monetization of your blog lies in your email list and turning casual readers into true fans. When it comes to podcast sponsorships, it needs to be a win-win-win situation for everyone. Paid webinars allow you to take the pressure off when it comes to selling to a live audience. The golden rule when it comes to affiliate marketing and how you should approach it.Much, much more!Important links and mentions from this episode: DemioGotoWebinarZoomPick up Chris' first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year's Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris' second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we're grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of this page.
11/4/2019 • 11 minutes, 54 seconds
Building an Email List to Fuel Your Business Growth
We’ve all come across articles making the bold statement that email marketing is dead. Fact is that email is here to stay, but it’s adapted to modern times. According to Forbes, 59% of B2B marketers report that email marketing is their most effective channel for generating revenue.One of the biggest mistakes I see online entrepreneurs make is not putting a premium on building their email lists. They would much rather be focusing on building their subscriber numbers or followers on social media. The problem with that though is those communication channels aren’t really controlled by you and your marketing strategy could be extremely effective one minute and obsolete the next. This is why having an email list is so important to making sure you get your message across to your audience. Tune in as I dive into a few list building rules you need to keep in mind when growing your email list and how you can go from zero to a hundred subscribers in this episode of Youpreneur FM.Essential learning points from this episode:When it comes to email marketing is that you don’t just want to grow an email list, you want to grow a list of highly engaged, good quality email subscribers. How segmentation can help you deliver a good quality and engaged list. The List Building Challenge: what quick email list building strategies you can use to get started today.The importance of paying attention to GDPR, treating people’s data with respect and not sending them marketing materials they don’t want. Much, much more!Important links & mentions from this episode:Amy PorterfieldConvertKitYoupreneurFM Episode 298 with Suzanne DibbleYoupreneurFM Episode 335Pick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave
10/28/2019 • 13 minutes, 3 seconds
Building Brand Loyalty with Your Audience
You might have heard the topic pop up in conversation and many studies have agreed on the same thing: customer loyalty is dropping, and fast. With so many options out there to choose from, consumers are more likely to explore and switch to new brands more than ever before. So how does your brand cope in the digital era when it feels like 5 new competitors crop up every day? There are a lot of elements you will need to work into your strategy but one essential practice that every entrepreneur should be focusing on is truly connecting and engaging with your audience. Loyalty is a word that gets thrown around a lot lately. It’s important for us to understand that the loyalty of our audiences isn’t something that should be taken for granted. In this episode, I share my tips on how you can build brand loyalty with your audience and what you can do to grow an authentic personal brand that your audience can relate to. Make sure you have your notebook and pen ready for this one, you’re going to need it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Even influencers like Gary Vaynerchuk or Marie Forleo had to start at zero followers at one point.Finding out what your audience wants all comes down to listening to your audience. And there is no better way to do that than asking them directly. Consistency is key to building an audience. Remember: you want to be somebody’s favorite.It takes courage to go out there and show everyone what you are all about. Be bold and have faith in you and your message. Your true audience will love you for it.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:YOU343 - How to Figure Out What Your Customers Need From YouYOU344 - How to Create & Market Content to Attract Your Perfect CustomerYOU345 - How to Dream Up the Perfect Opt-in Offer for Your AudiencePick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes,...
10/21/2019 • 10 minutes, 51 seconds
Build Your Brand by Spreading Your Message
Being heard online has never been more challenging. With so much noise coming from so many different directions - social media, podcasting, live video - we need to make sure that our brand and the messages we’re sending to our audience rises above it all.Spreading your message doesn’t mean pushing out a constant stream of content. It also means really listening to what your audience wants and providing solutions to those problems. Remember, it isn’t just what you say, but how you say it and who you are saying it to. In this episode, I deep-dive into the finer details of spreading your message: being seen as an expert, keeping an online media company mentality, using the P2P philosophy - all of these things are steps you can take to be heard and rise above the noise.I also talk about the power of growing your tribe and why you need to involve and empower them through challenges or activities to build a sense of community. All of that and so much more in this episode of Youpreneur FM.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:When it comes to being an expert, the key is to always be serving others.View your brand as an online media company to help you see the bigger picture, keep your messaging streamlined and run your business more effectively.You have to get to know your audience and interact with them and at the same time you need to allow them to get to know you. Some people can feel pressured to make everything “Instagram-level Pretty” when it comes to live video but remember that it doesn’t need to be polished.Much, much more!Important links and mentions from this episode: YOU128 - How to Build a Community Full of Raving Fans, with Jadah SellnerYOU202 - Getting Started with Facebook Live Video, with Ian Anderson GrayPick up Chris' first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year's Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris' second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we're grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using the link below the player at the top of...
10/14/2019 • 12 minutes, 49 seconds
5 Key Elements to Building a Personal Brand
Back in the day, all you needed to build your personal brand was a logo and a website and you were golden. Nowadays, however, consumers are looking for so much more. They want to share experiences, goals and pain points with you - they’re looking for a special connection with a person and a name they can trust.The rise of “influencers” and “micro-influencers” is a great example of personal branding and authenticity - it’s that unique human element that audiences crave and that big brands try to emulate.So where do you start when it comes to building your own personal brand? In this episode, I deep-dive into the five key elements that will help you build a successful, future-proof personal brand. Tune in as I also talk about how you can tell your story, defining the people you want to serve and why you need to realize you can’t serve everyone and should focus on the audience that really matters to you. There’s a lot to unpack in this episode, so grab a pen, a notebook and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you should make sure that the people you are attracting now are the right people you want to serve.Get to know your perfect customer so that when you meet them in real life you know just what to say and how you can help.Make sure your website has the right messaging so your audience knows exactly what you want them to do.Remember, social media isn’t about how many followers you have - it’s all about the engagement you create.Real relationships take time to build but they are worth it, so get to know people and let them get to know you. Much, much more!Important links and mentions from this episode: YOU309 - Website Design and Branding Secrets that Rock with Greg MerrileesYOU344 - How to Create & Market Content to Attract Your Perfect CustomerPick up Chris’ first bestselling book, Virtual FreedomJoin the Youpreneur Incubator waitlist!Browse the Youpreneur FM Podcast ArchiveGet tickets to this year’s Youpreneur SummitPick up Chris’ second bestselling book, Rise of the YoupreneurDownload your FREE copy of the Personal Branding RoadmapCheck out our FREE video course on YouTube!Thank you for tuning in!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose ours, and we’re grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see on the player at the top of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the show on your favorite app, using
10/7/2019 • 13 minutes, 47 seconds
Top 12 Tips for Entrepreneurial Success
And we're back! It's been a month since my sabbatical when I took some time out to rest, recharge and finally take a breather after a very hectic two-years and I can't tell you how excited I am to finally be back behind the microphone again.In between spending quality time with the family, traveling and catching up on my reading list, I've had a lot of time to think about my entrepreneurial journey so far and what I can personally do to improve myself both as a person and as an entrepreneur.The road to success is anything but one straight clear path. In fact, I've lost count of the ups, downs, and loops that have come my way since starting out as an entrepreneur years ago but there are two things that I am certain of: that experience has been the best teacher and that I wouldn't exchange where I am right now for the world.I wanted to start off this first episode of the podcast by sharing a few lessons I've picked up along the way as an entrepreneur that has helped me get me to where I am today.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:YoupreneurFM is back with a brand new look and feel!Think about batching your tasks like doing laundry - handle everything in 'loads' to save time and mental bandwidth.Some of the most successful businesses today are results of pivots, like when YouTube decided to switch from being a video dating service to the video streaming giant it is today.Celebrating your wins doesn't just mean clinking a glass for a job well done, it's about appreciating your good work and figure out what worked so well.What happened to the YoupreneurFM podcast after we hit the pause button for two months.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Virtual FreedomJoin The Youpreneur Incubator Waitlist today!Browse the Youpreneur Podcast ArchivesGet tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
9/26/2019 • 15 minutes, 15 seconds
Hitting the Pause Button and Planning for Growth
As entrepreneurs, we’re always on the go. Finding the sweet spot in work-life balance is tough, especially if you’ve got a lot on your plate. Sometimes, the best thing you can do for your business and personal life is to simply take a break. Spending a short time away from your business, or a part of it, is a great way to get some perspective, reset and plan for growth.Speaking of which, we’re hitting the pause button on Youpreneur FM. Don’t worry, your favorite weekly podcast isn’t going anywhere for good. We’re just taking a short break so that we can take some time to recharge, reset and realign our plans for the future of the show.I explain all of this in more detail in this episode, including why we’re hitting the pause button and what you can expect from the show when we come back. If you want to hear more from Youpreneur FM in the meantime, you can browse through our catalog going all the way back to the very first episode! I wish you all the best and look forward to speaking to you all again when we return better than ever on September 30th!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Taking a break is a great way to regenerate and recharge your entrepreneurial batteriesPodcast numbers are no longer just about the downloads, they’re about the reviews, ratings, social shares and so onOur solo shows are the most popular episodes of Youpreneur FMThe Youpreneur Incubator in-person and online mastermind program kicks off in January 2020 (join the waitlist below)When Youpreneur FM relaunches in September, it’ll have new jingles, artwork, and a new feel!Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Join The Youpreneur Incubator Waitlist today!Browse the Youpreneur Podcast ArchivesGet early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.For more information and to explore other episodes click here.
7/3/2019 • 21 minutes, 18 seconds
How to Build Your Personal Brand Business Faster Than Ever!
Did you know that eight out of 10 entrepreneurs do everything they can to stay in their comfort zones? That means that only 20% of entrepreneurs willingly step out of their comfort zones. Those that stay in enjoy the familiarity of their comfort zone. They have no intentions of trying anything really different or going out into the unknown. On the other hand, the 20% that routinely leave their comfort zones on purpose have the necessary discipline to go against what their brain is telling them. They know the value and power of what’s waiting for them outside of the boundaries they’ve built for themselves. So, let me ask you this…are you part of the 80% of entrepreneurs that do everything in their power to never set food outside their comfort zone? Or, are you part of the elite 20% of entrepreneurs who aren’t afraid to try something new to help move their business forward? Join me on this episode of Youpreneur FM, where I reveal how you can build your personal brand business faster than ever by setting and smashing your goals. If you’re ready to turn all of those daydreams and ambitions for your personal brand business into a reality, this is the episode for you! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Only 20% of entrepreneurs routinely get themselves out of their comfort zones To get yourself out of your comfort zone, discover what you do best and enjoy Set non-negotiable deadlines for yourself and your business and stick to them If you want to achieve more, set goals that are sensible and gettable Start saying ‘no’ more often – you can’t be everything to everyone When you say yes to something, you’re saying no to your thing Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes please click here.
6/25/2019 • 11 minutes, 41 seconds
How to Sell More Copies of Your Business Book!
One of the best expert positioning strategies is to publish your own book. As an entrepreneur, you want to get your name out there and position yourself as an expert within your industry. Writing the book is the just the beginning and many bestselling authors (including myself) will tell you that the real hard work begins after you’ve typed the final word on the page. Whether you’re thinking about writing a book or you’ve already published one and you want to get more eyes on your creation, the 10 tips I share on this episode of Youpreneur FM will help you sell more copies of your book than you could’ve imagined. So, if you’re ready to position yourself as an expert and boost book sales, grab a notebook and jot these tips down to help ensure your book makes a real impact on your business and continues to build your tribe for years to come.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Determine who your ideal readers are before setting a full strategy in placeMake it easy for people to spread the word about your book by preparing a media kitIf you’ve published a book, you need to create an online home for it to help drive salesHold a virtual book tour by making appearances on book review websites and getting on as many relevant podcasts as possiblePackage goodies in a special book launch bundle to help boost salesDon’t forget to utilize your email subscriber list and update them on your book launchMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Virtual FreedomGet early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.For more information and to explore other episodes please click here.
6/18/2019 • 14 minutes, 40 seconds
3 Ways to Build a Personal Brand Business for the Future!
It’s never been easier to build a personal brand business and there’s really nothing to stop you from becoming a successful entrepreneur. However, thousands of “entrepreneurs” who set off to build their empires from the ground up quit before it gains any real momentum. The problem with the entrepreneurial world these days is the fact that the barrier to entry is so low, anyone can just step over it and assume they can “make it” by doing the bare minimum. The good news for the rest of us is that the people like this, who don’t have the experience and lack the personality needed to grow a successful personal brand business, won’t be around for very long. People can spot a lack of authenticity a mile away and nobody wants to do business with a shell of an entrepreneur. With so much noise, you’ve got to be dedicated in your craft to serve the people you really care about. And, you’ve got to do it consistently. This episode of Youpreneur FM may be short, but it’s packed with lots of great tips to help you build a powerful personal brand business for the future. So, if you want to build a business with massive staying power, tune in! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Your content should be as short or long as it needs to be to share your idea in a clarity driven and focused manner You’ve got to remain 'top of mind' for those who are following us if you want to build a future-proof business To build trust and influence, you’ve got to sell something to your tribe on a regular basis As leaders, you’ve got to make sure you’re always learning to continue to serve and inspire those who aspire to be like you You can have anything in life that you want, as long as you help others get what they want (Zig Ziglar) Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore more episodes please click here.
6/11/2019 • 13 minutes, 9 seconds
How to Focus on Your High Priority Actions, with Dr. John Demartini
The number of hours we can dedicate to work each day isn’t infinite. Eventually, we run out of time, brain power and energy. It’s impossible to work on our businesses 24/7 without rest and that’s okay. It just means that we need to focus on putting the hours that we do have to better use. In this episode, I’m joined by Human Behavioral Specialist, Educator and Author, Dr. John Demartini, to talk all about the power of focusing on our high priority actions every day. We also get into the importance of saying no more often as business owners and how this can actually help control our stress levels, making us better leaders and youpreneurs in the long run. As Dr. John Demartini often says, “If you do not fill your day with high priority actions that inspire you, your day will fill up with low priority distractions.” So, if you’re ready to hear some great tips and strategies to help you focus on your high priority actions more often, tune in! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Stress is the inability to adapt to a changing environment When we prioritize our daily actions, we’re less vulnerable to distractions Fill your day with things that produce the most per hour and use that income doing something you’re inspired by If you let the masses control your life, you won’t be the master of anything Looking at what your life truly demonstrates will help you to identify your high priorities Surround yourself with people who have a high value on the things you want to delegate Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Dr. John Demartini’s Website The Time Trap by Alec Mackenzie Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes click here.
6/4/2019 • 34 minutes, 18 seconds
The Science Behind Choosing the Right Business Model, with Ryan Levesque
When you first decided to launch your business, did you obsess over what you should build or sell? Or, did you consider who you should serve? For your sake, I hope you chose the latter! Choosing the right business model is the topic of this episode of Youpreneur FM, where I talk to the CEO of The ASK Method Company and national best-selling author, Ryan Levesque. The ASK Method is a system built to help internet marketers and online business owners serve their audience better and with more relevancy. Ryan is the author of the number one best-selling book, “ASK” and his new addition, “Choose.” Tune in to hear our conversation about his new book and how it can help you minimize your risk of failure and give you the confidence you need to choose the right direction for your business. I suggest grabbing your nearest notebook for this one! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You’ve got to ask the right questions to understand your market at a deeper level The single biggest mistake people make is choosing the wrong market to go into The most important decision you’ll make before starting your business is what niche you’re going to serve The keyword volume of successful businesses all fit within a narrow and specific keyword band When deciding your ideal marketplace, you need to look for competitors who are succeeding in spite of themselves Finding your niche doorway into a market comes from being YOU Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Grab your FREE copy of ‘Choose’ here Read Ryan’s new book, ‘Choose’ Read Ryan’s book, ‘ASK’ The ASK Method Company Google Trends Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to...
5/30/2019 • 34 minutes, 41 seconds
How to Dream Up the Perfect Opt-in Offer for Your Audience
We’ve reached the final episode of the mini ‘back to basics’ series on Youpreneur FM. In previous episodes, I've covered everything from figuring out whether you need to be building your business with a personal domain name or a brand-based domain name and how to create content that your audience will love. In this episode, I uncover the secrets of creating a magnetic opt-in email offer that your customers can’t say no to.The purpose of opt-in emails is to invite website visitors to agree to sign up for your email list. If you ask me, success in the online business world is directly tied and attributed to the quality of your email marketing list. Despite what you might think, it’s not about growing the biggest email list you can. Instead, you need to focus on growing your list consistently with quality leads and to do that, you need to know how to craft the perfect opt-in. So, if you’re interested in learning some of the best practices to create an effective email opt-in offer, tune in! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Success in online business is directly tied to the quality of your email marketing list You’ve got to launch an email marketing campaign to truly capitalize on your audience There's no point in putting time and energy into a Facebook group unless you can convert members onto your email list A good opt-in will give your audience a quick win to solve a quick problem You don’t have to keep reinventing the wheel. You can repurpose a high-quality piece of content and use it to create your opt-in offer Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: YOU335 - How to Build a Really Simple Email Marketing Funnel Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes click here.
5/26/2019 • 15 minutes, 13 seconds
How to Create & Market Content to Attract Your Perfect Customer!
Creating content that your audience will love takes more than a lucky hunch. You’ve got to listen to your audience to identify the type of content they’re hungry for. Whether you write a new blog post or record a video or podcast episode, you need to create content with purpose. The last thing you want after spending hours creating content is to upload it and hear nothing but chirping crickets across all of your platforms and social channels. If you want to learn how to create and market content to attract your perfect customer into your ecosystem, you’ve come to the right place. In this ‘back to basics’ episode of Youpreneur FM, I share my guide on how to create and target content to the right audience. I’ll teach you how to identify what type of content will help you establish a stronger relationship with your audience so that you can build your business and reputation. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Before creating new content, ask yourself what you want to be known for, and then create original content that shows off your expertise Building a library of content that people can learn from is vital when it comes to creating an audience Create content that answers your audience’s burning questions and solves their problems Take your audience by the hand and show them the hidden gems of your world so that they’ll never want to leave One of the easiest ways to lose an audience before you’ve really captured them is to stop being consistent in serving up quality content Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes click here.
5/21/2019 • 15 minutes, 56 seconds
How to Figure Out What Your Customers Need From You!
How can you find out what your audience actually wants from you? When you’re not sure what your audience wants or needs from you, it can cause a lot of confusion and potentially waste a lot of time, money and effort. Maybe you’re playing with an idea for a new product or service, but you’re not sure if there’s even a market for it? Or, maybe you’re in the process of building a social media following but struggling with engagement? Whatever the issue, the top tips I share on this solo episode of Youpreneur FM are designed to help you get clarity and figure out what it is that your customers truly need from you. So, if you want to learn where you should be spending your money and time to better serve your tribe, tune in! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: The numbers never lie. Don’t neglect your analytics and learn how to use it to your advantage Create an inventory of your findings and look for positive patterns to emulate Use Google Console to find the specific keywords your customers type in to search for you and start fine-tuning your SEO strategy accordingly Search social networks to see what people are talking about that relates to your industry or niche You need to approach people directly to really find out what they need & want from you Use direct questions in your social media posts to help create engagement Make sure your audience knows that by taking part in your survey, they’re helping you to tailor your content to meet their needs in the future Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Google Analytics Google Console Survey Monkey Listen to episode 342 of Youpreneur FM Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using...
5/14/2019 • 14 minutes, 58 seconds
How to Choose What Domain to Use for Your Personal Brand Business
I’ve decided it’s time to go back to basics. Over the next month, I’m deep diving into basic business training so that you can regain clarity on the goals you set yourself for 2019. This will mean you can focus on making the second half of the year even stronger than the first. So, I’m starting at the beginning when you’re about to launch a website for your personal brand business. Chances are, like the rest of us, you’ll face the daunting challenge of choosing the perfect domain name. Your domain name says a lot about you and your business. You’ve got to make sure that your domain name fits your personal brand and conveys the message you want to deliver to the people you want to serve. However, there are a few common misconceptions that can lead to confusion about selecting the right domain for your personal brand business. Thankfully, I’ve condensed everything you need to know about choosing the perfect domain in this episode of Youpreneur FM. Tune in to discover how you can come up with a domain that resonates with your tribe and is powerful enough to grow with you as your business develops. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Despite what many people think, using your personal name as a domain has plenty of growth potential Being memorable comes from the quality behind what you do as the brand, not your catchy brand name Your personal brand name is internet real estate and you should absolutely buy it When you’re building your brand the right way and for the right reasons, pivoting is built directly into your personal brand business If you build loyalty and rapport through your online presence, your audience will want to stick around When buying a domain name, you should consider the relationship you have with your clients Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore more episodes click here.
5/8/2019 • 13 minutes, 47 seconds
How to Choose What Domain to Use for Your Personal Brand Business
I’ve decided it’s time to go back to basics. Over the next month, I’m deep diving into basic business training so that you can regain clarity on the goals you set yourself for 2019. This will mean you can focus on making the second half of the year even stronger than the first. So, I’m starting at the beginning when you’re about to launch a website for your personal brand business. Chances are, like the rest of us, you’ll face the daunting challenge of choosing the perfect domain name. Your domain name says a lot about you and your business. You’ve got to make sure that your domain name fits your personal brand and conveys the message you want to deliver to the people you want to serve. However, there are a few common misconceptions that can lead to confusion about selecting the right domain for your personal brand business. Thankfully, I’ve condensed everything you need to know about choosing the perfect domain in this episode of Youpreneur FM. Tune in to discover how you can come up with a domain that resonates with your tribe and is powerful enough to grow with you as your business develops. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Despite what many people think, using your personal name as a domain has plenty of growth potential Being memorable comes from the quality behind what you do as the brand, not your catchy brand name Your personal brand name is internet real estate and you should absolutely buy it When you’re building your brand the right way and for the right reasons, pivoting is built directly into your personal brand business If you build loyalty and rapport through your online presence, your audience will want to stick around When buying a domain name, you should consider the relationship you have with your clients Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore more episodes click here.
5/7/2019 • 13 minutes, 47 seconds
The Science Behind Choosing the Right Business Model, with Ryan Levesque
When you first decided to launch your business, did you obsess over what you should build or sell? Or, did you consider who you should serve? For your sake, I hope you chose the latter! Choosing the right business model is the topic of this episode of Youpreneur FM, where I talk to the CEO of The ASK Method Company and national best-selling author, Ryan Levesque. The ASK Method is a system built to help internet marketers and online business owners serve their audience better and with more relevancy. Ryan is the author of the number one best-selling book, “ASK” and his new addition, “Choose.” Tune in to hear our conversation about his new book and how it can help you minimize your risk of failure and give you the confidence you need to choose the right direction for your business. I suggest grabbing your nearest notebook for this one! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You’ve got to ask the right questions to understand your market at a deeper level The single biggest mistake people make is choosing the wrong market to go into The most important decision you’ll make before starting your business is what niche you’re going to serve The keyword volume of successful businesses all fit within a narrow and specific keyword band When deciding your ideal marketplace, you need to look for competitors who are succeeding in spite of themselves Finding your niche doorway into a market comes from being YOU Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Grab your FREE copy of ‘Choose’ here Read Ryan’s new book, ‘Choose’ Read Ryan’s book, ‘ASK’ The ASK Method Company Google Trends Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes please click here.
5/2/2019 • 34 minutes, 41 seconds
Learning How to Become Free to Focus, with Michael Hyatt
As youpreneurs, we can become so immersed in our businesses that we lose focus on other important aspects of our lives. Our health, personal relationships and time to rejuvenate are usually the first things to take a back seat. But, with so many things demanding our attention, how can you continue to build your business without sacrificing your health or personal relationships? Discover the answer on this incredible episode of Youpreneur FM, where I’m joined by New York Times best-selling author, Michael Hyatt. After experiencing a 330% growth in just three years, Michael’s business made it onto the Inc. 5000 list of America’s fastest-growing companies. Thankfully, Michael is a generous soul and has kindly shared how you can do the same and potentially reach the same level of growth and success in your business. Tune in to hear all about Michael’s new book, “Free to Focus” and discover how he managed to grow his business by a further 60% over the last 12 months while taking almost half of the year off! (yes, it’s possible!) Essential Learning Points From This Episode: If you want to do better, you’ve got to surround yourself with people who are doing better than you Your first accountability as a CEO should be to take care of your team. If your team takes care of your customers, your customers will take care of you The number one reason why people don’t achieve their goals is that they lose visibility By focusing on the right things, you can achieve more by doing less Anything outside of your “desire zone” is a candidate to either eliminate, automate or delegate You’re best thinking happens when you’re relaxed, so don’t be afraid to take time off work Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Michael’s NEW book, “Free to Focus” Full Focus Store Full Focus Planner Michael Hyatt’s website Lead to Win Podcast Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training...
4/25/2019 • 32 minutes, 53 seconds
Learning How to Become Free to Focus, with Michael Hyatt
As youpreneurs, we can become so immersed in our businesses that we lose focus on other important aspects of our lives. Our health, personal relationships and time to rejuvenate are usually the first things to take a back seat. But, with so many things demanding our attention, how can you continue to build your business without sacrificing your health or personal relationships? Discover the answer on this incredible episode of Youpreneur FM, where I’m joined by New York Times best-selling author, Michael Hyatt. After experiencing a 330% growth in just three years, Michael’s business made it onto the Inc. 5000 list of America’s fastest-growing companies. Thankfully, Michael is a generous soul and has kindly shared how you can do the same and potentially reach the same level of growth and success in your business. Tune in to hear all about Michael’s new book, “Free to Focus” and discover how he managed to grow his business by a further 60% over the last 12 months while taking almost half of the year off! (yes, it’s possible!) Essential Learning Points From This Episode: If you want to do better, you’ve got to surround yourself with people who are doing better than you Your first accountability as a CEO should be to take care of your team. If your team takes care of your customers, your customers will take care of you The number one reason why people don’t achieve their goals is that they lose visibility By focusing on the right things, you can achieve more by doing less Anything outside of your “desire zone” is a candidate to either eliminate, automate or delegate You’re best thinking happens when you’re relaxed, so don’t be afraid to take time off work Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Michael’s NEW book, “Free to Focus” Full Focus Store Full Focus Planner Michael Hyatt’s website Lead to Win Podcast Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore...
4/23/2019 • 32 minutes, 53 seconds
How to Build a 7-Figure Personal Brand, with JJ Virgin
Building a 7-figure personal brand business from the ground up is no easy feat. But, it is possible. It takes a lot of hard work, dedication and an invincible passion for your business that drives you to keep going no matter how tough it gets. When the end goal seems almost impossible to reach, it helps to hear from someone who’s “been there and done it.” That someone is the inspirational JJ Virgin, who is a nutrition and fitness expert who helps people lose weight and get healthy. Oh, and she’s the CEO of an 8-figure personal brand powerhouse. Tune into this episode of the podcast to hear from JJ Virgin and uncover how she built her incredible personal brand business and how you can do the same. It’s a fantastic episode and one that will help you on your journey to building the personal brand business based around you, your ethos and the people you wish to serve. So, grab a pen and notebook, and let’s jump right in! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Collaboration is one of the key success principles, but you’ve got to be a member of the right group The biggest difference between those who kill it is how they show up when things get hard Whether you’re an entrepreneur or an employee, you need to build your personal brand To work on your unique ability, only do the things that you love to do and do them consistently Time is your most valuable commodity as an entrepreneur, so use your time wisely Only say “yes” to something if it’ll help get you to where you want to be Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: JJ Virgin’s website Listen to the JJVIRGIN Podcast Read JJ Virgin’s Books Connect with JJ via Facebook JJ’s Twitter Account Follow JJ on Instagram Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes please click here.
4/18/2019 • 44 minutes, 56 seconds
How to Build a 7-Figure Personal Brand, with JJ Virgin
Building a 7-figure personal brand business from the ground up is no easy feat. But, it is possible. It takes a lot of hard work, dedication and an invincible passion for your business that drives you to keep going no matter how tough it gets. When the end goal seems almost impossible to reach, it helps to hear from someone who’s “been there and done it.” That someone is the inspirational JJ Virgin, who is a nutrition and fitness expert who helps people lose weight and get healthy. Oh, and she’s the CEO of an 8-figure personal brand powerhouse. Tune into this episode of the podcast to hear from JJ Virgin and uncover how she built her incredible personal brand business and how you can do the same. It’s a fantastic episode and one that will help you on your journey to building the personal brand business based around you, your ethos and the people you wish to serve. So, grab a pen and notebook, and let’s jump right in! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Collaboration is one of the key success principles, but you’ve got to be a member of the right group The biggest difference between those who kill it is how they show up when things get hard Whether you’re an entrepreneur or an employee, you need to build your personal brand To work on your unique ability, only do the things that you love to do and do them consistently Time is your most valuable commodity as an entrepreneur, so use your time wisely Only say “yes” to something if it’ll help get you to where you want to be Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: JJ Virgin’s website Listen to the JJVIRGIN Podcast Read JJ Virgin’s Books Connect with JJ via Facebook JJ’s Twitter Account Follow JJ on Instagram Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes please click here.
4/16/2019 • 44 minutes, 56 seconds
How to Know Exactly What to Say, with Phil Jones
As entrepreneurs, something that we all need to be inherently good at (to some degree) is communicating with our customers and potential prospects. Entrepreneurs are innovative leaders bursting with ideas, creativity and passion. Yet, the one thing I continue to see entrepreneurs struggle with is selling. So, what’s the problem? What has all of these entrepreneurs biting their lips, reluctant to sell their products or services? Well, the most common reason is because they’re afraid of rejection within their own entrepreneurial ecosystem. However, what a lot of entrepreneurs don’t realize is that you don’t always have to directly ask for the sale. If you’re willing to put the hard work into it, you can close a sale without ever having to ask the customer to part with their cash. To help you understand this concept further, I’ve invited Phil Jones onto the show, who is an expert in this area. Listen in to discover how tiny tweaks and changes in the way you say certain things can lead to massive differences when it comes to your sales projection. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Knowledge doesn’t always lead to power, sometimes it leads to you making the decision to not do it If you’re not convinced what you’re selling is worth the price, you won’t convince anyone else either Every entrepreneur is in the business of influencing change through other people’s minds The ability to repurpose after you’ve shot and missed is often where the value is You will not get paid more money than you ask for Actively choose the people you want to be around and learn from them Much, much more! Build a support network and you’ll have someone or something to fall back on in your time of need. #Youpreneur Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Exactly What to Say Phil M Jones’ Website Phil’s Instagram Phil’s Facebook Page Follow Phil on Twitter Subscribe to Phil’s YouTube Channel Connect with Phil on LinkedIn Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of <a href=...
4/10/2019 • 43 minutes, 2 seconds
Why Great Leaders Have No Rules, with Kevin Kruse
Is it time for leaders to ditch the rulebook in favor of a fresh take on conventional leadership approaches? My guest and good friend, Kevin Kruse, certainly thinks so. In fact, his latest book, “Great Leaders Have No Rules,” teaches you how to become the leader everyone aspires to work for – without the hefty rulebook. We dive into an insightful conversation on what we really need to do as leaders going forward in today’s very busy and ever-changing world. Kevin’s concept of a life without rules applies beyond the office and will inspire you to focus on what matters the most in other areas of your life too. Kevin also shares his controversial views on artificial intelligence and explores the very real possibility that robots could swarm the earth very soon in a quest to take our jobs. But, is this something to worry about from a Youpreneur ecosystem perspective? You’ll find out on this episode of Youpreneur FM, which drops tons of great value bombs and fresh insights on leadership, so tune in and enjoy! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: The first thing you need to do to become a successful entrepreneur is write a book It’s easier to brand a person than it is to brand a company Replace your open-door policy with a consistent calendar schedule Push decision making down to your team members In five years, 67% of all managers will be replaced by AI Leadership is not a choice, so it’s critical you lead with intent Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: “Great Leaders Have No Rules” LEADx Kevin Kruse’s Website Kevin Kruse’s Twitter Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/337
4/4/2019 • 34 minutes, 12 seconds
How a Personal Brand Survived a Business Break-Up, with Jordan Harbinger
Break-ups are tough. Most of us know what the sting of a break-up feels like, but what about a business break-up? What does it entail? And, is there any way to come out on the other side unscathed? Let’s find out! In this unique episode of Youpreneur FM, Jordan Harbinger joins me to share his story of how his personal brand survived a business partnership that went horrifically wrong. It’s not the usual type of episode we have here on the show, but it’s a cautionary tale with a very important lesson that I know you’ll appreciate. Listen in to discover how he kept his personal brand alive despite the difficulties he faced and learn how he was able to build a stronger business because of it. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: If your gut tells you something’s not quite right with a business partnership, don’t be so quick to overlook it No matter how much money you’re making, it doesn’t solve everything Build a support network and you’ll have someone or something to fall back on in your time of need When you inject your personal brand into what you’re doing, people will follow you Your network and personal brand are the only insurance you get in business Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Jordan’s website The Jordan Harbinger Show Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.For more information and to explore other episodes, click here.
3/28/2019 • 35 minutes, 41 seconds
How to Build a Really Simple Email Marketing Funnel
Whenever we mention ‘email marketing funnels’ on the podcast, we’re swamped with questions and queries about them. What is an email marketing funnel? And, what should or shouldn’t go into one? An effective email marketing funnel turns prospects into paying customers using a series of emails crafted to sell a service or product. But, it’s not about sending one sales pitch after the other. Your emails must provide value through educational content that also helps nurture a budding relationship between you and your subscriber. On this solo episode of Youpreneur FM, I dive into how an email marketing funnel works and share the perfect recipe to cook up your first really simple, but effective, email marketing funnel. So, if you want to learn how your emails can turn subscribers into paying customers, this episode is for you! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You need a marketing automation process that nurtures your audience, eventually turning them into paying customers Almost half of leads will never be ready to buy from you A welcome email should tell your audience what they can expect from you Your lead magnet should be relevant to the intent your audience will have to ultimately end up buying your product Remember to use emails to connect with subscribers after they’ve become paying customers Engage with non-buyers and ask them why they didn’t buy from you Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get early tickets to the Youpreneur Summit 2019 Rise of the Youpreneur http://riseoftheyoupreneur.com/ Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/335
3/21/2019 • 17 minutes, 6 seconds
Building a Business from the Front Row, with Jon Vroman
Sometimes in life, you’re fortunate enough to meet a few wonderful people who are making a real difference in the world. One such individual is my special guest on this episode of Youpreneur FM, Jon Vroman. Jon is a dad, speaker, author and founder of Front Row Foundation and Front Row Dads. Front Row Foundation and its volunteers strongly believe in the healing powers of the mind and its ability to nourish the human spirit. They help to provide life-changing moments for people facing critical health issues by giving them a front-row experience they’ll never forget. Helping people in need create lifelong memories with those closest to them is priceless. Jon has also founded Front Row Dads, which is a growth centered brotherhood that brings dads together and focuses on vibrant health, emotional mastery, thriving relationships and intentional parenting. He strives to align dads with the concept of being a family man with a business, and not a businessman with a family. In this episode of the podcast, Jon and I talk about his charities and business, exploring how he has managed to mix profit and purpose to create a well-rounded life and business that empowers others to give back to people that deserve it the most. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Mixing profit and purpose can have a powerful impact on an entrepreneur’s life You don’t need to know all the answers, you just have to be curious People go to events and join communities because they want to learn with people You have to believe that your work is critical enough to change the world People support what they help to create, which can lead to lots of great referrals Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Front Row Foundation Front Row Dads The Front Row Factor: The Art of Moment Making The Front Row Factor Podcast Front Row Dads Podcast Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to: youpreneur.com/334
3/13/2019 • 30 minutes, 44 seconds
Understanding the Power of Choosing to Win, with Tom Ziglar
I appreciate every single guest that I’ve had the pleasure of interviewing on the show. But, I’ve got to say, having Tom Ziglar sit down for a chat with me on Youpreneur FM is just a dream come true. You may not know this, but Tom’s father was my virtual mentor since I was 15 years old. I’ve followed his journey through the years, and his legacy continues to inspire me to this day. If you’ve been living under a rock and don’t know who Tom Ziglar is, let me enlighten you. Tom is a fierce entrepreneur and the CEO of Ziglar Inc. The business has been going strong since 1926 and Tom strives to keep the Ziglar legacy alive, carrying his father’s simple but powerful philosophy, “You can have everything in life you want, if you will just help enough other people get what they want.” In this episode, Tom and I talk about the mindset shifts we need to make to sincerely choose to win at what Tom calls, the “wheel of life.” It’s an inspirational and eye-opening chat, so I suggest grabbing a notebook for this one! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You can’t control the circumstances in your life, but you can control your choices The fastest way to success is to replace bad habits with good habits You need three things to make your dream happen – the right mindset, the right strategy, and the right action What you feed your mind determines your appetite The first step in your journey of choosing to win is to identify the why and the ropes that are holding you down Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Choose To Win Ziglar Inc Connect with Tom via LinkedIn Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share this page. To explore previous episodes of the podcast, click here.
3/6/2019 • 38 minutes, 11 seconds
Why You Need to Focus More on Being Original
If I could give you one piece of advice, I’d tell you that you should never underestimate the power of being original. There’re millions of copycats in the world, but there’s only one of you in existence. So, don’t worry about what other people are doing. Let them copy your font or mimic your latest blog post all they want, because who wants a watered-down version of the original? Nobody. On this solo episode of Youpreneur FM, I talk about the power of being an original. We do business in an extremely crowded space. Almost every business idea under the sun has been thought about already, but that doesn’t mean you can’t bring something new, fresh and original to the table. If you want to find out why originality in business is so important and discover how a simple self-awareness test can help you get there, tune into this episode today! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Being original can help boost your business faster than anything else The truth is that our personal brand is what people say about us when we’re not around If you’re truly original, your business persona can’t be copied because it’s all about you Keep doing what you do really well and delegate the things you aren’t good at There’s nothing more relatable to your market than you To create a future-proof business, you’ve got to understand the power of being an original Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share this page. For more information and to explore previous episodes, click here.
2/28/2019 • 11 minutes, 18 seconds
How to Unleash Your Alter Ego Effect, with Todd Herman
Did you know that everyone has a secret alter ego buried deep down inside of themselves? Your alter ego may not wear a cape like Superman, but they do have the power to help you achieve the seemingly impossible. On this episode of Youpreneur FM, I speak to Todd Herman, who has helped thousands of people achieve their most ambitious goals. He helps them to discover their alter ego and teaches them how to be more resilient, more creative and more courageous. If you want to find out the secret of tapping into your potential, this is the episode for you! We dive into what it takes to truly transform your life by utilising the power of our own secret identities. It’s a mind-boggling conversation, so be prepared to be inspired! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: No matter what age you are, your creative imagination is your greatest superpower Imposter Syndrome is the massive dismissal of your achievements and an insidious way of demeaning yourself The number one thing people are buying from you is confidence and certainty Don’t be afraid to do what it takes to step into your distinguished self Everyone has an alter ego, but not everyone knows how to unlock this other version of themselves Your alter ego isn’t about being fake, it’s about using your imagination to discover the hero inside and overcome negative feelings of self-doubt and insecurity Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: The Alter Ego Effect Todd’s website Connect with Todd on Facebook Connect with Todd on Twitter Subscribe to Todd’s YouTube channel Follow Todd on Instagram Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share this page by clicking here. For more information and to explore other episodes, click here.
2/21/2019 • 35 minutes, 49 seconds
Designing Your Business to Run Like Clockwork, with Mike Michalowicz
Wouldn’t it be great if you could design a business that runs and grows without you having to be present every single day? That’s the dream that most Youpreneurs share. But, for many, it never quite makes the transition from an idea into a profitable reality. I wanted to change that, which is why I invited Mike Michalowicz back onto the show to talk us through the process of designing a business that runs like clockwork. It’s a fantastic episode that I know you’re going to love, especially if you want to design your business to run itself. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Consistently putting your true self ‘out there’ is the secret sauce to success When your business can run for four weeks without any of your active input. It’s positioned to continue on its own Delegation isn’t the assignment of tasks, it’s the assignment of outcomes Every business must be doing or supporting an activity that derives a benefit to the customer When leaders control all of the decision making, they stifle the growth of their business Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: The Toilet Paper Entrepreneur Clockwork: Design Your Business to Run Itself Profit First The Pumpkin Plan Surge Mike’s website Virtual Freedom Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share this page. For more information and to explore other episodes, click here.
2/14/2019 • 36 minutes, 7 seconds
Knowing When it’s Time to Make BIG Changes, with Mike Stelzner
A video can do a whole lot more than deliver information to your tribe. If done right, video has the power to tell a story that moves, inspires, motivates and captivates the viewer. But, creating episodic video content that people can’t wait to consume takes a lot of time, energy and often times, a great deal of frustration. In this episode of Youpreneur FM, I’m joined by my good friend and founder of Social Media Examiner, Mike Stelzner. One thing you need to know about Mike is that he’s probably one of the most transparent entrepreneurs doing business in the online world. He never holds back. Amazingly, he’s managed to rebrand himself over the last 18 months with his weekly video show, The Journey. Mike and I discuss his show in more detail covering why he launched it and how he was able to use the numbers and data behind his own content marketing to help him discover how his show was (or wasn’t) being consumed. Using this information, Mike was able to make some ridiculously drastic changes to completely transform the show and reach an even bigger audience. Find out how he did it by tuning in to the episode! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: People love stories that have unexpected twists In a day where we struggle to get attention, story is the thing that cuts through Sharing your struggles helps to make you more authentic, relatable and likable Building your personal brand is key to growing your business Use analytics to ‘crunch the numbers’ and make decisions based on your findings Nobody watches videos longer than a minute on Facebook. It’s a drive-by experience Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: The Journey show Social Media Examiner Social Media Marketing World Social Media Examiner Facebook Social Media Examiner Twitter Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share this page.
2/7/2019 • 37 minutes, 11 seconds
The Power of the ‘One Framework’, with Kelly Baader
This is a proud moment for me as I welcome a key member of my inner circle, Kelly Baader, onto the podcast. Kelly is a member of my Mastermind group, The Round Table, which is made up of ten entrepreneurs that I work with to help shape and develop their personal brand business.Kelly was one of the speakers that graced the stage at last year’s Youpreneur Summit at the Queen Elizabeth Convention Centre in London. Her talk was on the power of her ‘One Framework’ strategy, but it was so much more than that. Many people in the audience were moved to tears (including myself) after hearing all about Kelly’s inspiring journey that led to where she is today.It was such a powerful message that I knew I had to invite her onto the show to dive into the topic of one framework even further and to share with all of you. So, grab your headphones and get comfortable, you’re in for a treat!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:The outline of ‘one framework’ is thinking about your number one outcome that you can deliver to your number one client, with your one solution and with the best current version of YOUThe only way that you can stand out is by knowing your ideal client better than they know themselvesA transaction can only happen if the customer believes that you can solve their problemNo matter what you sell, the transformative outcome everyone wants when they buy from you is to become a better version of themselvesFocus on what you can offer right now and what audience you can serve the bestThe moment we compare ourselves to others, we lose our peace and delude our resultsMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From this Episode:Kelly’s website Grab Kelly’s FREE business tips guide(s) Listen to Kelly’s Christian CEO Podcast Sign-Up for Acceleration Mastermind with Kelly Baader Follow Kelly on TwitterRise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Academy and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share this page.For more information and to explore other episodes, click here.
2/1/2019 • 33 minutes, 19 seconds
Developing a Strong Pricing Strategy (AudioBook Sneak Peek Part 4)
This episode of Youpreneur FM marks the end of our month-long celebration of the official launch of the audiobook version of my bestseller, Rise of the Youpreneur. If you’ve been following along, you’ll know all about the exciting things we’ve got going on this month. To recap, we’re giving away a FREE copy of the audiobook to anybody who doesn’t already have an Audible account. You can grab yours here. Interested in winning a year’s membership to the Youpreneur Academy? All you have to do is download the audiobook and leave a review over on Audible. Then, email a snapshot of your posted review to my team at support@youpreneur.com, and we’ll add your name and email address to the prize draw! When you tune into this episode of the podcast, you’ll hear a sneak peek inside chapter 11 of my audiobook, where I deep dive into how you can develop a strong pricing strategy. You’ll also learn four ways to test out your next “big idea” to ensure that the launch of your new product or service is as successful as possible. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: When establishing price points, you have to start by checking up on your competitors Keep a keen eye on your competitors and look at what they’re offering, how they’re offering it and how much they’re charging Remember that you are the most valuable player when it comes to staying ahead of your competition Price your offerings in a way that shows the value of your expertise Always charge what you’re worth and don’t apologise for it A technique to help you avoid undercharging is to double your pricing If you send a lot of emails and get very few responses, you need to reinvestigate your offer Dry testing is selling a product that you’re not quite ready to fulfil A dry test landing page strategy helps you to figure out whether or not people are interested in buying your product or services Use Facebook ads to target your ideal customers and test different ads Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Access the Process Blueprint Rise of the Youpreneur Audiobook Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/327
1/24/2019 • 18 minutes, 41 seconds
Figuring Out What to Sell (AudioBook Sneak Peek Part 3)
A lot of you have been asking me about the release date of the audiobook version of my bestseller, Rise of the Youpreneur, and I’m pleased to announce that it’s officially out NOW! This is a huge milestone not just for me personally, but the Youpreneur brand as a whole. To celebrate, we’re giving away free copies of the audiobook to anyone who doesn’t already have an audible account. You can grab your free audiobook (plus one additional book of your choice) when you visit youpreneur.com/audiobook. After you’ve downloaded and reviewed the book, you could be in for a chance of winning an entire year’s membership to the Youpreneur Academy – for FREE. All you have to do is snap a screenshot of your review and email it to support@youpreneur.com to have your name and email address entered into the prize draw! In this episode of Youpreneur FM, I share another exclusive clip taken directly from my personal read of my book. This time, we’re talking all about how you can figure out exactly what (and how) to sell to your audience. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Your strategy behind monitorization is the key to any successful business Charge what you’re worth and never apologize for it Converse with your audience and use that information to help figure out what to sell to them Setting yourself up with a primary profit mentality that allows you to pay yourself first is key when putting steps in place to actually make money Make a note of every idea that comes your way (use a notebook, your phone or a voice recorder, etc.) If you’ve done everything in the sales process correctly, the close will happen automatically When you survey your audience, keep it short and simple with easy questions Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: SurveyMonkey Rise of the Youpreneur Audiobook Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/326
1/17/2019 • 14 minutes, 43 seconds
How to Spread Your Youpreneur Message (AudioBook Sneak Peek Part 2)
We’re continuing to celebrate the official launch of the audiobook of my bestseller, Rise of the Youpreneur, here on Youpreneur FM. On top of sharing an exclusive clip from the audiobook recording in this podcast episode, I’ve also got a few other surprises up my sleeve! If you haven’t got an Audible account yet, you’re in luck because I’m giving away FREE copies of my audiobook to new members. All you have to do is go to youpreneur.com/audiobook to download your copy PLUS one additional free book of your choosing! When you’ve finished the book, please leave a review on Audible and email a snapshot or screenshot of your review to support@youpreneur.com. We will then enter your name and email address into a prize draw to win a one-year fully complimentary membership to the Youpreneur Academy. There will be four winners in total, and we’re announcing one lucky winner each week throughout January! The exclusive audiobook clip you’ll hear in this podcast episode encourages you to think deeper about who you are and what you want to be known for. Find out the real power of showing your tribe behind the scenes of your business and what it means for the growth of your business. It’s a fantastic episode (if I do say so myself), and I know you’re going to love it! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: To be a successful Youpreneur, you must establish your authority in your niche Offering solid information (such as blog posts, checklists and case studies, etc.) are the richest type of media you can share Establishing yourself as an authority is about showing your tribe that you can solve their problems By turning yourself into a media company, you instantly assume control over your content An authority is someone who’s opinion on a certain topic is respected and valued Authenticity is being true to yourself, but originality is making that true version of yourself different than anyone else in your niche Being a Youpreneur means being original in everything you do Focus on a P2P (people to people) philosophy because people want to do business with other people Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Rise of the Youpreneur Audiobook Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to: youpreneur.com/325
1/10/2019 • 14 minutes, 16 seconds
Building Your Online Home (AudioBook Sneak Peek Part 1)
I’ve got some exciting news to share with you all, and that’s the fact that the audiobook version of my bestseller, Rise of the Youpreneur, is out NOW! To celebrate this huge milestone, I’m giving away FREE copies of the audiobook (plus one extra book of your choosing) right here. But the fun doesn’t stop there! I’m also launching an exciting competition where four lucky winners will gain a FREE one-year, fully complimentary membership to the Youpreneur Academy! To enter the competition, all you have to do is leave a review of the Rise of the Youpreneur audiobook on Audible and email a snapshot of your review to support@youpreneur.com. We will then enter your name and address into a prize draw and announce one winner each week throughout January! I’m also sharing a sneak peek into a few chapters of the audiobook in this and upcoming episodes of the podcast. In episode 324, I reveal an insight into Chapter Three of my book, where I talk about how setting up your website properly is essential to building your online presence and captivating your ideal audience. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Setting up your website correctly is the true start of building your online brand If your website doesn’t reflect the “look and feel” of you, your business niche and your perfect customer, you could create a disconnect between your message and your prospect or client Understanding who you are is the first step in becoming a successful Youpreneur It’s important to make sure your website reflects YOU – quirks and all! Everything on your site (including images and color schemes) should appeal directly to your perfect customer To communicate market domination and achievement, use bold colors and strong, dense fonts You have six seconds to grab somebody’s attention when they come to your website for the first time, so make those seconds count! Your tagline should answer the question, “What do you do?” and that answer must be benefit-driven The best way to communicate with your ideal customer is by creating content that entertains, educates or inspires your audience Listening to your market will almost always produce the best and correct answers All great online homes start with highly valuable blog content Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Rise of the Youpreneur Audiobook Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes, go to <a href="https://youpreneur.com/324" target="_blank" rel= "nofollow...
1/3/2019 • 16 minutes, 32 seconds
Looking Back on 2018, and Planning for 2019
It’s official, 2018 is coming to an end and what an incredible year it’s been for both me personally and the Youpreneur brand. Lots of amazing things have happened this past year, and I wanted to take this opportunity to thank you and show my appreciation for everyone who has supported me, the show, and our business throughout the year. Since this is the last Youpreneur FM episode of 2018, I’ve decided what better way to wrap up the year than by reflecting on a few major highlights. You’ll hear about why I choose to self-publish my second book, “Rise of the Youpreneur,” what it was like for me and my family to move from the Philippines back to the UK, an insight into the secret life of a vlogger and so much more! So, if you want to walk down memory lane with me and find out what’s been going on in my life over the last 12 months, this is your chance! On This Episode I Spoke About: The exciting launch of my second book, Rise of the Youpreneur and why I choose to self-publish rather than take the traditional publishing route Relaunching the Youpreneur Academy Why I decided to start a vlog channel and how it has helped me connect with my tribe What it was like for me and my family to move from the Philippines to the UK and adjusting to a new way of life A reflection of the Youpreneur Summit 2018 An exclusive on next year’s Youpreneur Summit and where you can go to buy tickets Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Youpreneur Academy Join the waitlist for the 2019 Youpreneur Summit Subscribe to my Vlog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast, to make sure you get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live! For more information go to youpreneur.com/323
12/27/2018 • 13 minutes, 37 seconds
How to Pivot to a Personal Brand Business, with Mark Schaefer
With the new year fast approaching, it’s time to think about how you can pivot your personal brand business in 2019 and beyond. In this ever-changing digital age, you’ve got to do more than just roll with the punches. You’ve got to learn how to adapt and alter your business so that it’s free to develop and grow. One of the best ways to pivot your personal brand business is by putting more of YOU into it. I want to help you achieve this goal, which is why I went back into the archives to resurface this inspiring episode with author and speaker, Mark Schaefer. We talk all about how Mark has managed to reinvent himself every five years and how he revamps his own personal brand within a very crowded industry. Whether your personal brand needs an extra push in the right direction or you’re just starting from scratch, I guarantee that this episode of Youpreneur FM will help set you on the right path to achieve the vision you have for your personal brand business. This is one of my all-time favorite conversations, and it was an absolute pleasure having Mark on the show. So, if you want to learn how you can truly scale your business, I highly recommend you have a listen to this episode! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Intellectual curiosity can go a long way toward revamping your brand Want to do something different? Don’t be afraid to reinvent yourself The four P’s of marketing (i.e., product, price, place, and promotion) are still relevant in the digital age, which is why entrepreneurs must have a holistic view on marketing Nobody is going to help you up the corporate ladder – you have to be accountable If you don’t know how to pivot your business, start by making micro-movements Standing out in a crowded market is about being original To be truly original, you’ve got to bring your own story into the narrative It’s not just about the money, it’s about finding purpose and following something you believe in Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Mark Schaefer’s website Mark Schaefer’s Twitter Mark’s book, Known Subscribe to my Vlog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/322
12/20/2018 • 35 minutes, 6 seconds
Building a Personal Brand in the 21st Century, with Gary Vaynerchuk
Your personal brand building strategy shouldn’t remain the same year after year. It’s something that continues to develop as your business, and your audience grows. If you want to build a business based around you and your personal brand, I highly recommend you listen to this episode of the podcast featuring the one and only, Gary Vaynerchuk. Gary is a serial entrepreneur, a highly sought-after public speaker and the chairman of VaynerX. He’s made the New York Times bestseller list not once, but five times in his career and he’s the host of The GaryVee Audio Experience, a top 100 global podcast. Gary joins me on this episode of Youpreneur FM to talk about why the time is now to start thinking about building a personal brand business that’s going to take you into the 21st century. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: When you’re an anomaly, you play by different rules Personal brand business owners are making far more in today’s market than ever before The difference between people on top of the personal brand space and those at the bottom is that those on top have reinvested profits back into their business If you want to make a real change, you’ve got to make a “religious decision” to do it instead of having tactical thoughts For a personal brand to work, you’ve got to be okay with the notion that even though you’re giving out free content, it may lead to zero monitorization on a micro level, but not in a macro environment You’ve got to focus on being yourself if you want to create consistency in your business Self-awareness is critical in finding success as an entrepreneur Much, much more! [bctt tweet="You’ve got to focus on being yourself if you want to create consistency in your business. #Youpreneur" via="no"] Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Gary’s website The GaryVee Audio Experience podcast VaynerX Gary’s books Subscribe to my Vlog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/321
12/13/2018 • 39 minutes, 42 seconds
From Overworked Entrepreneur to Agency Influencer, with Lee Jackson
Are you struggling to get your business off the ground? Maybe you’ve already started your personal brand entrepreneur journey, but you’ve reached an “entrepreneurial mind block,” and you don’t know how to get through it? In this podcast episode, I speak to someone who is going to help inspire you to break through that negative mindset, and that’s none other than Lee Jackson. Lee is a serial entrepreneur, podcaster, YouTuber and speaker. He’s also the leading force behind one of the UK’s fastest growing web agencies and he helps other entrepreneurs build their own agencies. Lee shares his entrepreneurial story with us, which is guaranteed to relight the fire in your belly when it comes to building your own personal brand within a competitive marketplace. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You’ve got to hold yourself accountable for your own business goals To build an audience, you’ve got to reach out and invite people to become a part of your community A podcast can help build your credibility and establish you as a leading expert within your niche Plan and batch your content in advance as much as possible to help reduce stress and save time Don’t compare yourself to other people’s journeys because no two stories are the same Elevate yourself by leveraging the power of video, public speaking and appearing as a guest on other podcasts Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Agency Transformation Live 2019 Lee’s podcast ‘The Agency Trailblazer Podcast’ Lee’s WordPress Agency ‘Angled Crown’ Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/320
12/6/2018 • 30 minutes, 48 seconds
4 Simple Steps to Planning Your 2019 Content, with Janet Murray
Thinking about planning your content marketing strategy for 2019? If you want to build your personal brand and business, you’ve got to set yourself up for success by learning the value of planning, marketing and publishing content on a consistent basis. I’ve invited Janet Murray onto this episode of the show to talk about how you can implement a content marketing strategy that will spread your message as far and wide as it can go. Janet is a member of our Round Table Mastermind group and well-known for audience building and content marketing. She’s a self-proclaimed “unorganized entrepreneur,” which makes her that much more fascinating. After all, how can someone who has always struggled to stay organized managed to turn it around and provide consistent, high-quality content? And what’s more, how has she managed to impact hundreds of people’s lives? We explore all of this and more on the podcast. So, if you want to know how to maximize the reach of your content in 2019 and attract the right type of people into your ecosystem, grab your headphones and tune in! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Planning your content helps to increase productivity When planning your content calendar, start annually and then break it down into a quarterly, weekly and daily plan As a business owner, you need to know the key things that will be happening in the upcoming months in order to effectively plan your content strategy It’s better to create one high-quality piece of content per week and repurpose it than to create lots of new mediocre content Think about the questions your clients ask you the most and come up with content ideas that answer those questions Repurposing is about using what you’ve got to get more of what you want Create one piece of cornerstone content each week and get the most out of it by repurposing it into a variety of different formats Get a buzz going about your content on social media by asking your audience simple questions It’s not just about sharing your content. It’s about thinking about how to get people to engage with your content The future of small business marketing is thinking like a media company and not just like a small company Much, much more! [bctt tweet="It’s better to create one high-quality piece of content per week and repurpose it than to create lots of new mediocre content. #Youpreneur" via="no"] Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Janet’s Media Diary 2019 Janet’s website Content 10x Subscribe to my Vlog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed...
11/29/2018 • 37 minutes, 55 seconds
My Biggest Takeaways from the 2018 Youpreneur Summit
We’ve recently wrapped up our annual Youpreneur Summit in London, and it was an incredible event. Over 30 countries were represented with a jam-packed house of 350+ entrepreneurs. It was heart-warming to see so many friendly faces! I want to take this opportunity to thank everyone who attended the event this year. I’m privileged to have met so many of you, and I hope you walked away having learned a lot and with the focus, inspiration and drive to use what you’ve learned to help grow your business and develop your personal brand even further. In light of all this, I wanted to do something a little different for this episode of the podcast. So, I decided to repurpose one piece of content to serve another piece of content! Listen, and you’ll get to hear the audio version of episode eight of my weekly vlog series, where I reveal my top three takeaways from this year’s Youpreneur Summit. SPOILER – You may want to hang around until the very end of the episode, where I sneak in a fourth secret takeaway! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Nobody has a monopoly on good ideas When you surround yourself with people get you, your business and the audience you’re trying to serve, everything becomes so much easier Live events should be on your entrepreneur itinerary, especially live events where you have the opportunity to learn from experts within your industry If you’re the smartest person in the room, you’re in the wrong room You’ve got to learn how to focus your time, energy, effort and money into the things that will actually help you to grow your business A talk trigger is the one thing that gets people talking about you and your business. Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Subscribe to my Vlog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more information and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/318
11/22/2018 • 10 minutes, 10 seconds
Why Work Life Balance is a Myth and What it Should be Called, with Dan Schawbel
We’re living in a world with a population of 7.53 billion people, and although technology has transformed us into a more connected society, we’ve never been more disconnected. We all know that we need food, water and shelter to survive but what many of us fail to realize is that we also depend on human interaction to live happy and fulfilled lives. We need to build meaningful connections with other people to help support both our physical health and mental well-being. This is something that has always fascinated me, and I wanted to dive into this topic further and really explore the value of human connections, not just with how it relates to our personal lives, but also in terms of our businesses. On this mind-blowing episode, I had the pleasure of chatting to a good friend of mine and NY Time’s bestselling author, Dan Schawbel. We talk all about his new book, Back to Human: How Great Leaders Create Connection in the Age of Isolation, and he reveals why the whole “work/life balance” theory is nothing but a myth. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Technology can be used as a bridge to human interaction, not a barrier If you misuse and overuse technology, it can trap and trick you into thinking you’ve got a lot of friends when that may not be true Our humanity is our biggest differentiator, and we need human connection to survive Don’t be fooled into thinking movement automatically means progress – moving forward in society isn’t always the best thing for us Leaders who make everyone feel supported in taking risks, without fear of punishment always result in the highest performing teams Creating a healthy workplace culture benefits almost all areas of your life, both inside and outside of work There’s a cost to working remotely because you’re not fulfilling your human need to connect with other people If you work remotely, try and do more video conferences to connect with your team Flexibility is the number one employee benefit worldwide One face-to-face interaction is more successful than 34 emails exchanged back and forth 73% of the global workforce doesn’t have enough time for personal-related activities You should hire people based on personality and then train for skill because establishing good relationships with your employees makes them more likely to stay The best places to work are the ones that make you feel like you are part of a “work family” Every candidate that applies to work with your company are either going to become an advocate for your company or a subtractor Work/Life balance requires the accountability to construct your day in a way that allows you to fulfill both of your needs Much, much more! [bctt tweet="Flexibility is the number one employee benefit worldwide. #Youpreneur" via="no"] Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Dan’s book, Back to Human: How great Leaders Create Connection in the Age of Isolation (U.S) Subscribe to my Vlog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course <a href="https://www.youpreneur.com"...
11/15/2018 • 34 minutes, 48 seconds
How to Start, Grow, Market and Catapult Your Vlog to Success, with Amy Landino
As you may know, I recently took up vlogging. I’ll admit, I was a little skeptical at first. But since I started this vlogging journey, I’ve realized that not only do I love it. You guys love it too! I couldn’t be more grateful for all the incredible support I’ve received, and as a special thank you gift, I’m bringing you Amy Landino’s keynote from last year’s Youpreneur Summit. Amy’s a good friend of mine and a highly respected influencer in the video and vlogging world. In Amy’s keynote, she talks about how you can launch and grow a super successful vlog that can help to market and grow your business online. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You can make a video with one person in mind, and that same video has the power to affect the many The three main types of content to ensure the sustainability of your YouTube channel is hub, hero and help content Hub is the regularly scheduled push content that gets your current subscribers engaged (60% of your content) Hero content is your “go big” moment that’s designed to raise awareness (10% of your content) Help content is the “pull content” that targets your audience and answers their questions (30% of your content) If you want people to trust your message, you’ve got to share your experiences To achieve a sustainable YouTube channel, you must understand the purpose of your video including who it’s for and where they are right now in regard to their relationship with you You should aim to post on Instagram Stories once every 24 hours, Twitter every 24 hours, Facebook every 24 to 72 hours and on YouTube at least once a week Instead of planning, recording and editing a video each week, work in batches and save yourself time while developing a consistent upload routine You need to consider the culture of the channel you want to post your video to and cater your content for that channel Don’t think of the camera lens as a piece of technology. Think of it as the person you want to serve and try to make them feel like you’re creating the video exclusively for them Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Amy’s Website Amy’s YouTube channel Amy’s Book, Vlog Like a Boss Subscribe to my Vlog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more info and to explore other episodes head over to <a href="https://youpreneur.com/316" target="_blank" rel=...
11/8/2018 • 30 minutes, 18 seconds
How to Condition Yourself for Success, with Carrie Green
As the second annual Youpreneur Summit draws closer, I wanted to take a moment to reflect on last year’s event that attracted hundreds of entrepreneurs from around the globe. We had some fantastic speakers and so, I decided to rummage through last year’s keynote vault to bring you something a little different for this podcast episode. It’s actually a live recording of Carrie Green rocking the stage with her keynote titled “How to Condition Yourself for Success”. Carrie shares some inspirational stories, talking about how she envisioned herself up on the Youpreneur Summit stage and what she did to make sure it happened. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Our thoughts and feelings determine the decisions we make, which in turn, determines the actions that govern our lives The only driving force that’s going to get you to where you want to be in your professional or personal life is you You can build a wildly successful business from anywhere – even from a messy bedroom! You need to evaluate your life as it stands now, think about where you want to be in ten years’ time and create the path for yourself If you’re serious about achieving your goals, you need to get intentional about your success Success is not an accident. You become successful on purpose Your brain can’t tell the difference between when you visualise something and when you actually do it, which means you can train your brain for success by visualising your success! Taking time out for personal development can help expand your mind When you get focused and condition yourself for success intentionally, incredible things can happen. You just have to get out of your own way Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get on the waitlist for next year’s Youpreneur Summit Michael E. Gerber’s book, The E Myth Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more info and to explore other episodes go to youpreneur.com/315
11/1/2018 • 37 minutes, 1 second
How I’m Taking my P2P Philosophy to the Next Level
By the end of 2019 online video will command over 80% of all internet traffic. Putting myself in front of the camera (vlogger style) is something that I’ve avoided for many years, but it’s hard to just ignore hearing statistics like that that. However, a light has switched on, and I’ve finally decided to embrace vlogging and start to capitalize on it to help take my P2P (person to person) philosophy to the next level. But before we get into the good stuff, let me drop a few shocking statistics that really made me think seriously about starting this vlogging journey: 62% of all Google searches now include video results 65% of humans are more visual learners than anything else 82% of mobile video viewers are more likely to share video content on their phones Viewers subconsciously retain 95% of the message within our videos It’s clear as day that video content is not only shaping the way we interact with each other, but it’s molding the way we do business online. If I’ve peaked your interest, have a listen to episode 314 of the podcast where I reveal the top five reasons that convinced me to finally start taking video seriously. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You can capitalize on video to get your message out there and build your business Vlogging gives you the opportunity to connect with your audience in a way you’ve never connected with them before Repurposing content into different mediums allows you to engage with new audiences and expand your reach online Producing more visual content (i.e. video) lets you connect with visual learners Vlogging is one of the best mediums to tell your story and share more about your personal life with your tribe If you want to hold yourself accountable to your own promises, vlogging is your answer Video is the future of marketing your business online – by the end of 2019, 80% of all internet traffic will be video! Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Subscribe to my Vlog Channel Amy Woods, Content 10x Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. For more info and to explore other episodes, head to: youpreneur.com/314
10/25/2018 • 15 minutes, 9 seconds
Why You Need to Build a Personal Brand to Build a Profitable Business, with Pete Matthew
I’ve said it once, and I’ll say it again…every youpreneur should have their personal brand running side-by-side their main business structure. Why, you might ask? Well, when you shift your focus and concentrate on putting more fuel into your personal brand, it builds trust. Trust in you. Trust in your brand. And, perhaps more importantly, trust in your business. But the real question I want to dig into and explore in more detail is one I get asked time and time again…how much does your personal brand really influence the overall success of your business. This has been a hot topic over recent years and so I wanted to really get into it with my guest on this podcast episode, Pete Matthew from Meaningful Money. We talk all about his journey and how he’s used his personal brand to grow his business, further his professional career and realise his dream of becoming a published author. It’s a fantastic conversation filled with one value bomb after the other. So, grab a notebook and hold onto your hats, it’s a wild ride! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Understand that it doesn’t have to cost an arm and a leg to get your message out, you can do it for free The importance of continually putting yourself in situations where you can learn new things and actually take action based on what you’ve learned By 2020, over 80% of all content online will be in video format, which means now is the time to start leveraging the power of video to build a profitable business Don’t give up on podcasting. It’s the one medium that’s likely to keep growing and gaining momentum If you want more clients, you’ve got to put yourself “out there” consistently and don’t be afraid to share more of yourself online When recording a podcast episode, remember that you’ve got to give listeners a reason to visit your website Injecting your personality into your content helps to increase likeability and trust in your business Understanding that when you produce so much content for so long, it really helps to distill and refine your thoughts on the subject Much, much more! [bctt tweet="If you want more clients, you’ve got to put yourself “out there” consistently and don’t be afraid to share more of yourself online. #Youpreneur" via="no"] Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Pete’s Meaningful Money podcast Pete’s NEW book, The Meaningful Money Handbook Gary Vaynerchuk’s book, Crush It! Subscribe to my YouTube Channel Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose
10/18/2018 • 36 minutes, 30 seconds
Talk Triggers: How to Do Things Differently and Get Customers for Free, with Jay Baer
How powerful is word of mouth in business? As it turns out, word of mouth influences 90% of all purchases. The only real issue with this is the fact that most business owners don’t have a tangible strategy in motion to leverage customer conversations in a way that will help them to get more customers…for free! So, I thought who better to talk about all this than the guy (or one of the guys) who wrote an entire book on the subject. Who is this mystery guest of mine, you might ask? Well, it’s none other than Jay Baer, a good friend of mine and somewhat of a regular on the show. In this podcast episode, we talk about how entrepreneurs can use something he likes to call, ‘talk triggers’ to help attract more customers using the power and influence of word of mouth. As you can expect, Jay reveals tons of value bombs throughout the episode. So, find somewhere comfy where you can listen in, take notes and start thinking about your own ‘talk triggers’ that will help grow your business. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: The best way to grow any business is for your customers to become volunteer marketers and grow it for you 50% of your money is driven by word of mouth, in B2B that number rises to 90% Being good at your job doesn’t create chatter, you’ve got to be memorable Recommendations are all about storytelling, so you’ve got to give your customers something to talk about A talk trigger is a strategic, purposeful operational differentiator that compels word of mouth Every business should implement a talk trigger strategy to get people talking and generate more customers The best way to come up with a talk trigger is to map out each touch point between you and the customer, interview customers about their expectations at each touch point and from this, you’ll have a recipe for how to do what they don’t expect A talk trigger is an operational choice, not a marketing campaign Everyone in the business must be behind the talk trigger to make it work Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Download the Talk Triggers FREE 6-Step Guide Jay’s new book - Talk Triggers Jay’s book - Hug Your Haters Jay’s website Convince & Convert Jay’s website Jay’s Facebook page Jay’s Twitter Subscribe to my youYouTube Channel Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for
10/11/2018 • 42 minutes, 47 seconds
Creative Personal Brand Content Marketing, with Andrew and Pete
Bill Gates once declared “Content is King!” and we’ve been saying it ever since. Why? Because it’s true! Content rules the digital kingdom, and if you want to maximize your business growth online, you’ve got to have the right content marketing systems and processes in place. I’m thrilled to welcome content marketing rock stars, Andrew and Pete, onto the show to talk about how and why you need to get more serious about your content marketing strategy. We also discuss how entrepreneurs like you can grow (and improve) your content marketing systems and processes to maximize your business growth online. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: If you want to be remembered, it’s not necessarily about being better than your competition. It’s about being different It’s important to inject personality into your content and be your “true self” online Content marketing doesn’t have to be a long-term strategy before you start seeing a return on investment Public speaking is a great way to increase your credibility in your industry Prioritise your time and learn that it’s okay to say no to certain opportunities Look outside your marketplace for inspiration and apply it to your own industry Don’t try and be like someone else, be yourself and you’ll be more likely to succeed in your entrepreneurial journey Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Andrew & Pete’s website Andrew & Pete’s YouTube Channel Dude Perfect’s YouTube Channel Automatic Membership Site The Rebels Program Andrew and Pete’s Books Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. Find out more and explore previous episodes at youpreneur.com/311
10/4/2018 • 41 minutes, 3 seconds
How to Use YouTube to Grow Your Personal Brand, with Sunny Lenarduzzi
Exciting things are happening on YouTube. It’s the second most popular website in the world (right after Google) and has more than 1.5 billion users. Video is a powerful way to communicate your personal brand to your audience, because people can get a real sense of who you are. In this podcast episode, I invite YouTube sensation, Sunny Lenarduzzi, onto the show. Sunny is an entrepreneur and an award-winning video, social media and brand strategist. She’s blowing up on YouTube, so who better to talk to about how you can utilize video in your online marketing strategy to help build your personal brand business? Sunny drops tons of value bombs, so grab your pen and notebook because you’re going to want to remember everything she has to say! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: If you don’t know where to start, take a look at your most frequently asked questions and create video content answering those questions Research before you record because searchable content will build your momentum Check up on your competition and do a deep dive into their content to see what videos are getting the most views If a video has a lot more views than subscribers, it shows that there’s an audience searching for that topic Keep an eye on trending topics in your industry and create content that’s going to get a surge of traffic The fastest way to grow on YouTube is to include the right keywords in your title, description, and tags The winning formula for coming up with YouTube topics is: Search Volume Vs. Search Pool Vs. Views and Philosophy If you’re a new channel, focus on topics that have between 100 and 1,000 searches per month and keep the search pool (competition) as small as possible Keep your videos concise using the “Hot script formula” (hook, outcome, testimonial) Always end your video by prompting your audience to convert and become members of your community Focusing on the quality of your content is more important than the set behind you Film in small sections instead of shooting one long take Watch time and retention is two of the most important KPI’s that YouTube uses to decide whether your content will rise to the top of search results or sink to the bottom The best way for a Youpreneur to make money on YouTube is to drive traffic to your product or services Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Sunny’s website Sunny’s YouTube channel Keywords Everywhere Canva Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the...
9/27/2018 • 44 minutes, 23 seconds
Website Design and Branding Secrets That ROCK, with Greg Merrilees
Have you ever wondered what it takes to design a website that quakes the internet into submission? Those secret ingredients that, when intertwined in just the right way, will sprout profound business growth and success? Well, you can get your head out of the clouds because, in this podcast episode, we’re giving away all of the best website design and branding secrets for your ears only! My personal graphic designer, Greg Merrilees from Studio 1 Design, joins me on this podcast episode to talk about top strategies for designing a custom, branded, high-performing website. We also get into why graphic design is more important today than ever before in the history of personal brand entrepreneurship. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Everything on your website must be designed cohesively and align with your brand and marketing funnel To build the brand of you, you’ve got to have complete control of your website – you can’t build your home on rented land There are 1.3 billion websites, which means your site has got to be more than an online brochure Nobody is going to buy from you if they don’t trust you, so building trust should be your number one goal Eliminate the need for cold calls by leading with value first Offer prospects lead magnets that give value in exchange for an email address Include a second offer on the thank you page, and educate prospects on the next step of your funnel Increase your authority by displaying social proof of your expertise on your website such as credentials, case studies, and video testimonials, etc. Invest in a professional copywriter to craft compelling content and achieve true clarity If you’re sending paid traffic to your website, don’t send it to your homepage, send it to a top-notch landing page! Put your social links in the footer of your website, not on your main landing pages Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Greg’s website Robert B. Cialdini’s book, Influence Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top of this page. For more information and to explore previous episodes go to youpreneur.com/309
9/20/2018 • 36 minutes, 48 seconds
Why Your Personal Brand Website is Never Finished, with Matt Eldridge
As an entrepreneur, your website plays a crucial role in portraying yourself and your business. If you want to entice customers and sell online, you’ve got to make sure your website is giving customers the right impression and motivation to engage more with your business. However, a mistake that a lot of business owners make is to assume that their website will ever be done, because I can guarantee that it won’t! In this episode, I talk with website strategist and founder of Melt Design, Matt Eldridge. We discuss reasons why your website will never be a done deal and why it’s something you need to work on continually. He also lets you in on a few secrets of the trade, including what you can do to make sure your website stays ahead of the curve. It’s an interesting discussion packed with tons of practical tips you can implement today, so I know you’re going to love it! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Your website will never be a “done deal,” it’s an ever-evolving and ever-growing entity If your website doesn’t load in 4 seconds, you could lose 40% of your potential audience Your website is more than an online brochure. It’s a full-blown sales and marketing system Make sure your website is always up-to-date and aligned with your current business processes If done right, automation can make a massive difference to your bottom line Sales funnels must build relationships with customers to increase conversion rates Implement relevant auto-response systems to help discourage people from unsubscribing Utilise live chatbots to communicate with your customers quickly and efficiently Save time by linking your billing through your website, so that it can automate to your account system If you let your contacts expire or elapse over six months, they’re dead contacts Talk to your customers straight away with an engaging welcome email If you can get back to someone in five minutes, they’re 56% more likely to convert as a customer You’ve got to provide a clear call-to-action for each of your services Put heat maps on your most important pages to track your bounce rate and help to visualize where your visitors click on your site etc. Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: WeasiPeasi (Now FreedomWP) Matt’s website Google Analytics Crazy egg Hot jar Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information and to explore previous podcast episodes head over to youpreneur.com/308
9/13/2018 • 39 minutes, 20 seconds
Why Personal Brand Influencers Should Never Stop Learning
Our formal education (such as school or college etc.) may have ended, but that doesn’t mean we should stop learning. After all, the most successful people in the world read an average of 2 to 3 hours every day. If you stop learning, you, and your business, stops growing. In this solo podcast episode, I talk about the power of continuous learning in our craft as business owners and personal brand influencers. But I also break down the pitfalls of not doing so and reveal the best strategies you can adapt to ensure you’re always feeding your mind with knowledge. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Continued education adds to our national income We create new opportunities for ourselves, our staff and our customers Entrepreneurs indirectly attribute and fuel social change by supporting freedom and dependence in those we come into contact with If you want to continue to lead, you must continue to learn Learning helps you to grow as a person and develop your knowledge base Your tribe will benefit from a knock-on effect through the new things that you learn If you stop learning, you’ll stagnate and start to move backwards as your competitors continue to move forward When you learn something new, your self-esteem improves, and you begin to aspire to new and greater things Continually learning builds self-confidence, which is vital for leadership Read more, and if you don’t like to read, listen to an audio book Consider taking some online courses to learn new skills and shift your mindset You never want to be the smartest person in the room, so network more often and meet new people Go to as many industry events as possible because entrepreneurship is a never-ending and always developing career path Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Blinkist Teachable Thinkific Udemy Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more info and to explore other episodes click here.
9/6/2018 • 18 minutes, 33 seconds
Why the World Needs You, with Pat Flynn
With over 7.4 billion people in the world, it’s easy to feel a little irrelevant or insignificant in the grand scheme of things. But I’m here to remind you of your indisputable importance in this ever-changing universe of ours. Your entrepreneurial dreams matter, and the world needs to hear from you. This is something that my best buddy, Pat Flynn, discussed in his thunderous closing keynote speech at last year’s Youpreneur Summit. That’s right, I’ve snatched his fantastic speech from the keynote archives to treat your ears to his potentially life-changing words. Pat’s keynote speech earned him a standing ovation. And I’m convinced that by the time you’ve finished listening to this podcast, you’ll be tempted to stand up and applaud him from your living room sofa, on the commute to work, or wherever you happen to be listening to this podcast! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: The secret to what makes business work is understanding it’s not about you, it’s about who you serve Not every drawback is a failure, sometimes it’s an opportunity for something greater Your defining moment in life is when you finally choose to commit to your new path Success won’t happen unless you believe in yourself and your ability to achieve your goals You can’t control everything in life, but you can control how you react and the actions you take Make sure your audience feels like they’re in the right place with the right people Take time out of your busy schedule to talk to your customers and build real relationships If you can define the problem better than your target customer, they’ll automatically assume you’ve got the solution Show your audience that you’re interested in their problems and go out of your way to make them feel included When you bring your community together, it elevates your brand and makes it much stronger Offer small surprises to your audience because when you give attention, you get attention If you want to change someone’s life, start by changing their day You can sell and serve at the same time – selling doesn’t take away anything from anyone, it gives them something purposeful Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Pat’s personal brand website Pat’s Smart Passive Income website Pat’s Facebook Pat’s Instagram Pat’s Twitter John Lee Dumas’ opening keynote speech Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for...
8/30/2018 • 47 minutes, 59 seconds
How to Make More Sales Than Ever, with Jessica Lorimer
Most entrepreneurs are reluctant to call themselves a salesperson. But the truth is, if you’re an aspiring entrepreneur, you’re selling (or trying to sell) something. Whether that’s a physical product or service, your role of salesperson plays a crucial part towards selling that winning idea of yours. In this podcast episode, I welcome sales coach and business strategist, Jessica Lorimer, onto the show. Jessica helps coaches and entrepreneurs create simple sales funnels that convert potential customers into paying clients. We talk about the sales process and how it’s evolved. More importantly, we break down the best tips and practical strategies for you to make more sales and grow a successful business. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You’re always replaceable unless you’re the one doing the hiring You have to bet on yourself because nobody else is going to do it for you Show people your human side and don’t paint yourself as a “perfect human being” because people don’t buy from perfect people, they buy from real people Don’t give your audience constant value without selling anything because it can lead to what Jessica likes to call, “baby bird syndrome” Always carry out key market research to make sure you have an audience of potential buyers before selling something new An aspirational seller is someone who has already achieved the end goal that the aspirational buyer wants An emotional seller is someone who uses a personal experience or trauma to sell something to others (such as the learning outcomes) Make your sales process as simple as possible for your customers – leave out the jargon and get straight to the point! Do your market research in advance and discover as much as possible about your ideal customer When it comes to customer objections, you must show empathy before confirming whether or not the objection is valid You should embrace objections because they help you to improve yourself, your business and your sales Don’t let your customers walk away from the sale indecisive about their decision to purchase Put a follow-up strategy in place and learn how to handle an objection without taking it personally Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Jessica’s website Jessica’s Facebook Jessica’s Twitter Jessica’s Instagram Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. To find out more and listen...
8/23/2018 • 49 minutes, 42 seconds
How Personal Assistance has Evolved, with Emma Mills
Delegation should be on the very top of your list as an entrepreneur if you want to increase your productivity and grow your businesses. In this podcast episode, I speak with Emma Mills from Mi PA, one of the most successful virtual PA companies in the UK. Emma is an award-winning business owner who has had an incredible journey growing her own ‘youpreneurial’ world. But before she opened her own delegation floodgates, Emma ran her business entirely solo. It’s safe to say that she had her fair share of struggles regarding productivity, but that all changed when she discovered the power of delegation. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Virtual PA companies leverage business owner’s time, so you can focus less on completing repetitive tasks and spend more time growing your business Before you do anything, ask yourself if it’s worth your time and if it’s not, delegate it There’s no manual to running a successful business, so don’t be afraid to take risks! Engaging with your audience and revealing snippets of your life with them helps inject that “human touch” to your business and allows your customers to identify with you Be consistent with your email marketing and consider doing more story-based emails to maintain your business’ authenticity Delegating and outsourcing gives you more flexibility You can’t scale your business without developing relationships with your customers Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Emma’s website Mi PA My content repurposing provider Content 10x Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more info and other great episodes visit youpreneur.com/304
8/16/2018 • 42 minutes, 24 seconds
How to Validate Your Ideas as a Personal Brand Entrepreneur, with Yaro Starak
If you’re a personal brand entrepreneur, I’m willing to bet you’ve had at least one “ah-ha” moment in your career. As entrepreneurs, it’s easy to get caught up in the excitement and adrenaline rush of a new idea. But before you take a major gamble and put all of your time, resources and money on the line, you need to validate your idea. After all, if you’re not sure whether anybody wants or even cares about your new idea, you risk launching something that’s destined to flop. This is why I’ve invited my good friend, Yaro Starak, onto the show to talk about how you can validate your ideas before releasing them to the public. Yaro recently launched a new business completely unrelated to his personal brand and it’s been a complete success! So, if you want to find out how he did it and how you can follow in his footsteps, pop your earphones in and have a listen! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: An existing audience will make the launch of any new business venture much more successful If you spend most of your day replying to emails, you’ve become a victim of your own success – it’s time to outsource! If you can’t reply to an email in three sentences or less, pick up the phone for a longer conversation Introduce a beta test run of your new idea by reaching out to your email list with a blog post and selecting a few “test clients” who are interested in participating A beta test gives you an insight into how much potential traction surrounds your idea Use case studies from your test clients to help increase validation and social proof in the beginning stages of launching your new business Building trust is about sharing personal insights with your audience Outsourcing your emails allows you to establish both a reactive and proactive emailing system so a potential new client never falls through your fingers Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Yaro’s website: InboxDone Yaro’s Blog Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information go to youpreneur.com/303
8/9/2018 • 39 minutes, 38 seconds
Creating a Marketing Funnel that Works, with John Lee Dumas
Having the right marketing funnels in place can have an astronomical effect on the success of your business. But, developing a marketing funnel that moves people through the journey to conversion takes time and strategy. So, who better to discuss marketing funnels than the expert, John Lee Dumas. John is the founder and host of the award-winning podcast, Entrepreneurs On Fire, where he delivers inspirational strategies to help fellow entrepreneurs live the life they’ve always dreamed of having. John was the opening keynote speaker at last year’s Youpreneur Summit, where he inspired the audience to create profitable funnels for their business. His speech was so good that I thought… you know what? it would be a shame if that were the last time anyone ever heard it. So… this podcast episode is a little bit different. I’ve pulled the audio directly from last year’s keynote archives to share John’s fantastic keynote speech with you all. In John’s speech, he shares everything you need to know about building a highly profitable marketing funnel that could lead to a multi-million-dollar business. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Your defining moment in life is the instant that motivates you to stand up, take action and discover your “true purpose” If you don’t learn how to “funnel up” before “funneling down”, your marketing funnel will never work A funnel is the journey that your avatar takes from the moment they first discover your brand until they become a client, customer or an evangelist Build the initial momentum and get things going by niching down Your “avatar” is your ideal customer – so make sure you know them inside and out! You must have a content creation system in place to make sure you create content on a consistent level If you created a great piece of content, get the most out of it by repurposing it Don’t underestimate the power of a one-to-one conversation to grow your audience Host live training sessions because sales happen on live webinars Never hesitate to let people know about your offer because as an entrepreneur, you’re obligated to generate revenue Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: John’s FREE training course – 3 Hours to Your Big Idea John’s Entrepreneurs On Fire podcast Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information visit youpreneur.com/302
8/2/2018 • 49 minutes, 59 seconds
The Simplicity of Business Growth Systems, with Greg Hickman
Many entrepreneurs assume that implementing automated systems and funnels in your business takes away the human connection that we all want and need with our customers, but that’s rarely the case. In this episode, I interview a good friend of mine and fellow entrepreneur, Greg Hickman. Greg is the founder and CEO of System.ly, where he helps entrepreneurs come up with systemized business growth plans using proven marketing systems and automated funnels. I’ve used his services in the past to build funnels for my own business, and the work he did back then continues to help my business grow today. So, trust me when I tell you that building systems into your business can not only make you more money right now but continue to grow your business for years to come! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Automating certain parts of your business won’t de-humanize it, but establish a more streamlined and systemized growth plan Before you can implement an idea, you have to implement a systemized game plan using the right tools and technology Most businesses can get to seven figures with one funnel by keeping it simple and not overcomplicating it The level of sophistication required for you to make a sale will dictate the best conversion method When designing your first funnel, design one that allows you to sell over the phone because one-to-one conversations are more likely to convert Always consider the lifetime and the annual value of a client before paying for leads If you want to get on the phone with the right people, you need a process that filters your most qualified prospects from weaker leads Focus less on the features of your services and more on the benefits and results that your service provides Use a simple 4-step approach to get the right people on the phone - Lead Magnet, Video, Application and then get them on call and close the deal! Perfection will starve you from your own success because it’s just another form of procrastination The fastest way for a business to grow its profit margin is to focus on one type of avatar (client), one offer, one conversion method (funnel) and one traffic source Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Greg’s website, ‘System.ly’ Greg’s personal website Connect with Greg on Twitter Greg’s Facebook page Previous episodes with Greg: Why You Need To Go Mobile With Your Small Business and How To Build Your First Email Marketing Funnel Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! For more information click...
7/26/2018 • 45 minutes, 37 seconds
How to Build a Successful Personal Brand Business, with 14 Experts!
Welcome back to the podcast! I have an extraordinary episode for you all to mark an incredible milestone…300 episodes of Youpreneur FM! I’d like to thank every single one of you for tuning into the podcast because without you, I wouldn’t be here doing what I love to do every day, and this podcast definitely wouldn’t be here! To mark this special occasion, I’ve invited a bunch of my business buddies (14 to be exact) onto the show to share their number one tip to becoming a successful personal brand entrepreneur. I hope their expert tips and advice will motivate and inspire you to go and do great things with your business – enjoy! Key Learning Points From Each Guest… Chris Guillebeau from Side Hustle School - Understand what your message is and be clear on what you want to say Pamela Slim - Help people get what they want because that’s the very best reputation to have as an entrepreneur Amy Landino - Get your face out there, leverage video and show people what you’re made of Michael Port from Heroic Public Speaking - Be very specific about who you serve, what you help them do, achieve or get and why you do it Chris Brogan – Be helpful and help other people Mike Stelzner from Social Media Examiner – Identify the smallest possible audience that you can provide value to and consistently give them content for free Janet Murray - Let people get to know the person behind the business to attract loyal fans and lifelong customers Jay Baer from Convince & Convert - Create amazing content consistently and don’t wait until you’re motivated because success is built on perspiration, not inspiration Jeff Goins from Goins Writer - Be the part of you that feels the sincere and the least polished because this is the part of you that people can connect with Jenny Blake from Pivot Method - Think about how you can optimize for revenue and fun because if you’re having fun, you’re readers, listeners and followers will be more likely to enjoy your content John Lee Dumas from Entrepreneurs on Fire - Engage with your audience as you grow, and you’ll save time and effort while scaling your business Matthew Kimberley - Carve your own path and forget about what other people think of your vision Amy Porterfield - Focus on getting uncomfortable on a regular basis when it comes to speaking your truth Pat Flynn from Smart Passive Income - Get personal with people and have one-on-one conversations with your audience to help build a stronger personal brand Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Chris Guillebeau’s website Pamela Slim’s website Amy Landino’s YouTube channel Michael Port’s Book, ”Book Yourself Solid” Michael Port’s website Chris Brogan’s website Mike Stelzner’s website Janet Murray’s website Jay Baer’s website Jeff Goins’ website...
7/19/2018 • 21 minutes, 16 seconds
Why Attention Pays and How to Get More of It, with Neen James
In a noisy world where small businesses are forced to compete against more recognized brands for consumers attention, it can be tough to keep your business above water. Let’s face it…if we don’t have the attention of our prospects, customers, fans, followers, subscribers and so on, we’re done. On this podcast episode, I talk with Neen James about why attention is vital for businesses and how to get more of it. Neen is a good friend of mine and honestly, one of my most favorite people on the planet. She is a member of the League of Heroic Public Speakers and offers practical strategies to her audiences. Neen is also an accomplished author of “Folding Time” and her latest book, “Attention Pays.” Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Attention is the evolution of productivity, and when we learn how to grab and keep people’s attention, we make more money, and we get more done Attention drives productivity, profitability, and accountability We pay attention in three ways: personal, professional and global Personal attention is about being thoughtful and thinking about who deserves our attention Professional attention is about what deserves our attention and being productive Global attention is about being responsible with focus on how we pay attention in the world Don’t underestimate the power of a handwritten note to add a personal touch and show your appreciation Try to invest 15-minutes a day and identify your top 3 non-negotiable activities that will move you closer to achieving your goals Multi-tasking isn’t always the answer – each time you change tasks, your brain takes 23 minutes to regain focus Public accountability drives private accountability, and when we tell someone else what we intend to do, we’re more likely to follow through with it You should outsource things that are not your strengths, so you can focus on what’s most important to you and your business If we pay attention to our clients and listen to what they don’t tell us, we’ll be able to accommodate them better Ask more targeted questions to your clients to get to the heart of what’s really going on and find out what they need from you and your business Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Neen James’ book, “Attention Pays” Neen James’ book, “Folding Time” Neen James’ website Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information click here.
7/12/2018 • 36 minutes, 55 seconds
The Online Business Owner's Guide to GDPR, with Suzanne Dibble
I am sure that you’ve heard about General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) which it came into effect on May 25th, 2018. It’s basically a stronger set of rules on EU data protection, which changes how businesses handle their customers' personal information and as a result, people have more control over their personal data. But what does it mean for your online business? When GDPR came into effect, everyone was freaking out about it because nobody really understood what it meant. So, to ease everyone’s fears and clear up some of the confusion, I invited data law protection expert, Suzanne Dibble, onto the show. Suzanne used to work as a business lawyer at the largest law firm in the world – literally. In 2010, she switched her focus from keeping household names and huge multi-nationals out of trouble to helping small business owners protect and scale their business. She’s a natural entrepreneur at heart and always provides practical and relevant advice to each of her clients. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: GDPR is a supercharged data protection law that replaces the previous 1995 Data Protection Directive Data is the world’s most valuable asset – so it’s important to protect it The maximum fine for a GDPR data breach is €20m or 4% of your global turnover in the last 12 months You must have a lawful ground for processing data which includes consent, contractual, legal and legitimate interests You don’t necessarily need to get an “opt-in consent” from existing customers to continue to market to them Your privacy notice must clearly state that people can object to the processing on the grounds of legitimate interests Use this opportunity to clean up your email list and sort out the subscribers who engage with you from those who never open your emails GDPR has amplified the standard of consent. There must be an affirmative action by the individual that signifies their consent It’s not mandatory that you need to have a double opt-in, but you may need it when dealing with special category data or sensitive data (such as health information) Don’t bundle all of your consent boxes together - you need to give people real choice and control Controllers can only use processors and virtual assistants outside the EU if they are GDPR compliant Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Suzanne’s GDPR for Online Business Facebook Group Suzanne’s GDPR Compliance Pack Suzanne’s Website Suzanne’s Facebook Page Facebook Video Interview with Suzanne on GDPR Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot...
7/5/2018 • 50 minutes, 10 seconds
How to Make Your Presentations Funnier, with David Nihill
Public speaking can be a really daunting prospect for many of us. The fear that we’ll humiliate ourselves in front of a live audience is enough to make anyone sweat buckets before a live event! But if you can just make them laugh, you’ll immediately ease the tension in the room and boost your own self-confidence so that you can give a world-class talk without choking on stage. On this podcast episode, I speak with David Nihill about how to be funnier in your public speaking, presentations, live broadcasts, YouTube videos and even on your podcast! David is an author, producer, entrepreneur and funny man from Dublin, Ireland. He is the best-selling author of “Do You Talk Funny?” and the founder of the FunnyBizz Conference. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: The value of humor is that it can be used to grab and hold people’s attention You may not be able to overcome your fear of public speaking, but you can learn how to manage it Create a “happy journal” and fill it with funny content ideas that you can look back on Inject short personal stories into your presentation and follow up it with, “I told you that story because…” to really grab people’s attention Always try and put the punchline of your story at the very end of the sentence to facilitate time for laughter If you’re worried that a joke will fall flat, avoid telling jokes and tell a funny story instead Acknowledging a fail is the easiest way to overcome awkwardness and make the audience laugh Focus on content over delivery until you get paid to speak Link the start of your speech to the end and try to leave them with three key learning elements If you’re showing slides and images during your presentation, you need to set it up and use it alongside (or instead of) your punchline Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: David’s book, “Do You Talk Funny?” David’s business “FunnyBizz Conference” Amy Cuddy’s Ted Talk Ken Robinson’s Ted Talk Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information on this episode, click here.
6/28/2018 • 40 minutes, 13 seconds
How to Get the Most Out of The Events You Attend
There’s nothing quite like the thrill and excitement of attending a live event or conference. As an entrepreneur, you can benefit massively from attending a live event, especially if you want to network and build relationships with like-minded people who just “get it”. After hosting the first ever, wonderfully successful Youpreneur Summit conference in November in London last year, I’ve decided to do it all over again this year! We had 375 people flood into the Queen Elizabeth Convention Centre in London last November, and 37 countries were represented by entrepreneurs from all over the world. It was an incredible experience and tickets flew off the shelf! So, I hope to see you all again and maybe a few new faces at the Youpreneur Summit this November. You can grab your tickets now by hopping over here - move quickly for early-bird ticket prices! On this podcast episode, I talk about live events and how you can get the most out of them. I truly believe that for all business builders it’s so important to attend live events on a regular basis. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: You MUST turn up with the right mindset to get the most out of the event Your attitude can either make or break the event for you – a positive outlook will give you a positive experience Always try and find out the event schedule in advance so you can plan your time as efficiently as possible Make a “hot list” of the important people you want to meet Following the event hashtag prior to the event taking place will help you to meet the right people Don’t throw business cards at someone you’ve just met – you don’t want to be that person at a live business conference! Collect your notes from the event and organize them in a way that’s easy to follow Interact with people you meet with a friendly follow-up via the social media channel in which they are most active You can build your business FASTER if you surround yourself with people who truly understand what it means to be an entrepreneur Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Get your ticket for Youpreneur Summit 2018 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. For more information, click here.
6/21/2018 • 18 minutes, 35 seconds
Blazing Her Own Personal Branding Trail, with Lauren Tickner
Building your personal brand takes a lot of hard work and dedication. It’s about you, your personality and passions but more importantly, it’s about what you can do and how you can serve others. I’ve had a lot of young people on the show lately and this week’s guest is just 21 (but she doesn’t talk like a 21-year-old!). Lauren got in touch with me after she picked up my book, “Rise of the Youpreneur” and reached out to me. Lauren is a professional health and fitness coach with over 120,000 followers on Instagram. She’s doing an incredible job utilising the platform to help build her brand and she has a real fresh outlook on entrepreneurship and business. Lauren struggled with weight issues as a teen until one day she decided enough was enough. She discovered weight lifting and how to lose weight healthily and launched an Instagram account to track her fitness journey. She realized that people were interested in what she was doing and what she had to say, especially when she gave value to her audience. It wasn’t long before her followers wanted to buy her products and so, Lauren made the difficult decision to drop out of university, quit her job, and embark on her personal brand journey – and she couldn’t be happier! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Remember that your online presence can have a massive impact on your reputation AND your brand You can take your own experiences and personal trials to offer support to others Don’t let anyone else in your life stop you from going after what you want Branching out of your industry is possible if you know how to do it RIGHT Providing valuable content to your target audience is the key to building and maintaining a successful brand and a loyal following Staying focused on your message and keeping it aligned with your business model will help attract the right people to your business It’s worth taking risks when you’re young because you’ve got time to recuperate if it doesn’t go as planned If you start thinking less about failing and more about succeeding, you’re more likely to do great things with your life Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Lauren Tickner’s website Lauren’s Instagram Account Lauren’s Fitness E-Book Guides Lauren’s Impact Through Influence Course Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! For more information and to listen to previous episodes click here.
6/14/2018 • 34 minutes, 48 seconds
How Breaking Down Your Big Goals Will Help You Achieve More
Goals aren’t exclusively for the start of the new year, and you should always revisit and re-evaluate your goals as the year progresses. A comment I saw on the private Youpreneur community forums, where members of the Youpreneur Mastermind Community receive real-time advice, encouragement, and accountability to help them reach their goals, inspired this podcast episode. The comment that caught my eye was from a Youpreneur member who said she wanted to become a higher paid speaker by the end of the year. The problem with her goal was the fact that it was far too vague. She needed to get down to the nitty-gritty details such as how much she wanted to get paid, how she was going to do it and when. Asking her these questions forced her to go back to the drawing board and start reverse-engineering her big goal into a set of smaller, more manageable targets that she could actually achieve. This podcast episode is all about how to break down your big goals, because if you do…trust me…you’ll achieve so much more! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Breaking down bigger goals into smaller goals can help you achieve MORE Create a timeline of attainable tasks with realistic deadlines Avoid setting yourself up for failure by giving yourself enough time to achieve your smaller goals Reverse-engineering your big goal into smaller steps will keep your mind focused and prevent you from giving up Revisiting your goals each month helps to keep yourself on track Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Buy your ticket to the Youpreneur Summit Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live! For more information and to listen to previous episodes click here.
6/7/2018 • 12 minutes, 10 seconds
How Virtual Assistants Are Making a Difference, with Jess Ostroff
Nowadays, business owners face a relentless workload of pressing tasks and impossible deadlines. More often than not, it can feel like a cascading avalanche is about to come crashing down on you. A lot of people in a situation like this one, find themselves asking “How can I manage all of this on my own?” In this episode, my good friend Jess Ostroff joins the show to talk about her growth as a personal brand entrepreneur, building her business ‘Don’t Panic Management’ and how virtual assistants are making a HUGE difference. This is a first for Youpreneur FM and for me personally, having been known as the ‘go to’ person for all things virtual team building and virtual assistants for a long time I’ve never interviewed someone on one of my specialist subjects! Jess identifies herself as an ‘anti-rule follower’ and has always strived to help people get out of their own way so that they can discover their true potential. She launched ‘Don’t Panic Management’ in 2011 and it has quickly become one of the most successful virtual assistant businesses online today. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Think of a virtual assistant as a ‘thoughtful partner’ and someone who you can trust and rely on to help grow your business Even self-proclaimed ‘workaholics’ need to find the balance between work and family life because working 24/7 is not sustainable We are only as good as our bodies, so put your health FIRST and your business SECOND If you aren’t doing a certain task yourself that doesn’t make you a failure Spend time creating systems and processes that other people can follow Writing a book is the easiest way to position yourself as a thought leader Half of the US workforce will be virtual by 2020 Hiring somebody regardless of their location is one of the biggest barriers employers have to overcome if they want to grow their business without restrictions You don’t have to be located in the ‘big cities’ to make a difference Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Don’t Panic Management Jess’ book – Panic Proof Virtual Freedom Buy your ticket to the Youpreneur Summit Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a...
6/1/2018 • 36 minutes, 36 seconds
How I Wrote, Designed and Launched My Book in Less Than 9-Months!
In this episode, I share the origin story of my latest book Rise of the Youpreneur, how the initial idea wasn't meant for a book and what was the catalyst to turn it into the book it is today. I also talk about how we developed the Youpreneur Roadmap, the difference in my working process between my two books and so much more. I hope this episode shows that it doesn't take moving mountains to get a book out there and hopefully, it might even light a fire under you to get started on your own book as well! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Why you really need to listen to your customers. Chris talks about how publishing a book is one of the best ways to establish yourself in your market as an influencer. Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From This Episode: Rise of the Youpreneur Virtual Freedom Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/30/2018 • 15 minutes, 46 seconds
The Power of Niching Down in Business, with Christopher Lochhead
Niching down in business can have a powerful impact on the short, medium and long term growth of your business. In this episode I speak with Christopher Lochhead all about differentiation and niching down your business. Chris is a smart guy and he is one of the most hard-working individuals I’ve ever had the pleasure to meet. He hosts the podcast, Legends and Losers, which helps people design a legendary business and a legendary life. Following 20 years working as a Chief Marketing Officer for three publically traded Silicon Valley companies, he decided to hang up his gloves and launch a small advisory firm. He worked as a highly sought after advisory coach for ten years, and he wrote a book called “Play Bigger." Today he has retired from the marketing world and is focusing on his podcast, where he gives excellent advice to other entrepreneurs about starting and maintaining a successful business. Chris has a lot of old war stories from his business and marketing days, and he has a lot to say about the importance and the power of niching down and what it could mean for the growth of your business. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Free range conversation builds relationships and business opportunities – don’t be afraid to meet people face to face and have a real-life conversation Legendary people and companies are known for their niche, NOT their brand Getting started with finding your perfect niche is easier than you think You can learn a lot from a category designer about niching down and expanding your business Being different to your competitors is more important than being ‘better’ Becoming more differentiated can make your contribution to the world more impactful Don’t fall in love with your product, fall in love with the problem that your product solves Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Christopher’s podcast show: Legends and Losers Christopher’s book: Play Bigger Christopher on Twitter Hal Elrod The Miracle Morning Grab early bird tickets to the Youpreneur Summit here Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the
5/24/2018 • 43 minutes, 32 seconds
How to Design Your Own Youpreneur Ecosystem
Are you ready to jump into the DeLorean with me? In this podcast episode we’re going back in time to the Youpreneur Summit that took place last November in London! It was at this fantastic event and thank you to all 350+ of you who attended. For those of you who were there, you’ll remember I took to the stage and hosted four ‘Coaching with Chris’ sessions. I loved delivering these sessions - I got to engage with the audience, and I had the chance to get super deep and dirty with strategy in a very short space of time. In this podcast episode I share with you my coaching session on designing your own ‘Youpreneur Ecosystem’. It’s this same ecosystem that fundamentally becomes your business. You need to serve your audience the things that they want, need and very importantly the things that they will ultimately want to BUY from you. Monetizing our personal brands is easier than ever, but people are still struggling to do it in the right way. In this week’s podcast episode, which comes to your directly from last year’s stage at Youpreneur Summit, I break down for you the five different ways that you can start the rapid growth of your Youpreneur Ecosystem. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: A ‘Youpreneur Ecosystem’ can make your business ‘future proof’ Affiliate marketing can make you money but do it the right way Building a recurring revenue model into your business carries many advantages Live events should have a place in your ‘Youpreneur Ecosystem’ and starting small is a good way to get going You should survey your tribe so you can learn more about your target audience and what they want from you Why you should charge what you’re worth and stop feeling guilty about it! Understanding that you have to be SEEN to sell Much, much more! If you enjoyed this week’s podcast episode and you’re thinking about attending the Youpreneur Summit this year, click here to get your hands on a ticket today - they’re going fast! I’d love to see you there. Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Mike Morrison of The Membership Guys Buy tickets for the Youpreneur Summit in London 2018 Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live! For more information on designing your own Youpreneur Ecosystem <a...
5/17/2018 • 31 minutes, 9 seconds
From Apprentice Winner to Personal Brand Builder, with Joseph Valente
It’s not very often I speak to television ‘celebrities’ on the podcast, so this episode is a little bit different. Join me as I speak with Joseph Valente, 2015 winner of the BBC television program The Apprentice. Joseph has a very interesting story to share – from becoming Lord Sugar’s business partner to later buying him out, to his current personal branding mission. After ending his partnership with Lord Sugar, Joseph no longer wanted to be known as ‘Alan Sugar’s business partner’, or ‘The Apprentice winner’, he wanted to break free and build his personal brand. The first step he took towards building his personal brand was writing a book. Today he creates a lot of online content. In the episode Joseph and I talk about creating the right content to connect with your target audience. I had a really fascinating conversation with Joseph. He talked about developing a hunger and fire in his belly at the age 4 (which led to him to winning The Apprentice), which is still very much within him. However, he is now more educated and experienced, and has really developed as a business man. He wants to help and mentor others and is launching the The Joseph Valente Academy later this year. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: Business partnerships do not need to last forever and it’s important to regularly assess if you have a shared vision Only you can take control of your personal brand – don’t let it be defined by others Why it’s important to test your content on different channels to find your tribe When it comes to social media, focus on being where you are happiest How to work out what content to create by looking at what is trending and where you can add value Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From this Episode: Joseph’s Instagram Joseph’s LinkedIn Joseph’s Twitter ImpraGas BBC - The Apprentice Joseph’s Book: Expelled From the Classroom to Billionaire Boardroom Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/10/2018 • 33 minutes, 29 seconds
Want to Grow Your Business Faster? Test Everything!
I'm all about growth when it comes to business. I'm a firm believer that if you aren't growing, then you are stagnating. This is where the importance of testing comes in: whether testing out a new marketing or product idea, or even a business relationship. Whatever it takes to help you find what works for you and grow your business faster.In this episode, I share my ideas and examples of what growth has meant to me based on my years in business. I also go into why I'm hitting the pause button on Two Minute Tuesdays for the meantime and what you can expect from YoupreneurFM!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris shares the origin stories behind some of his businesses such as Virtual Staff Finder and the Youpreneur Community.What social media tool Chris used to help validate and launch Youpreneur.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Youpreneur SummitRise of the YoupreneurVirtual Staff FinderPeriscopePersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/7/2018 • 15 minutes, 11 seconds
How to Start, Build and Grow a Profitable Blog, with Ramsay Taplin
With the rise of audio and video content in today's market which doesn't seem like it's going to be slowing down anytime soon, a lot of people find themselves asking "Is blogging dead?". In this episode, the Blog Tyrant Ramsay Taplin joins the show to share his thoughts on where a blog has its place in the online landscape and how powerful a blog can be from both a marketing and earning perspective. Ramsay and I also talk about employing long-form content strategies, the effects of repurposing content on your blog as well as what are the best practices when it comes to growing a blog in 2018. If you are interested in kicking your blogging efforts into high gear this year -and I know you are – this is one episode you do not want to miss out on! Essential Learning Points From This Episode: How you can monetize your blog in 2018 and how it's changed from five years ago. Why Ramsay thinks new bloggers should move from an AdSense mentality. Ramsay shares his top SEO strategy tips for this year. How mobile has changed the blogging game. Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From This Episode: Ramsay Taplin's website Ramsay Taplin on Twitter Darren Rowse How to Start a Blog and Succeed in 2018 AdSense Tumblr Medium Optimizely Viper Chill Pat Flynn Melyssa Griffin Rise of Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/3/2018 • 32 minutes, 48 seconds
How to Manage Your Social Media More Productively
Social media is unavoidable for us entrepreneurs and grows even more competitive as time goes by. This is especially true for us as we build our businesses around our personal brands, but we also need to watch out as social media can also become a big timesink if we aren't too careful with how we manage it. In this episode, I share my own personal tips and strategies on how to become super productive with social media management such as why we need to put processes in place, staying on top of the latest industry news and so much more. Social media moves so fast these days but with the right perspective and strategy in place, you can still make an impact on your audience that establishes you as an authority. Now it's time for you to let me know which social media management tip works the best for you - send me your favorite tactic over on Twitter. Essential Learning Points From This Episode: The importance of setting the right goals in place. What are the questions you need to ask in order to develop a social media strategy. How content calendars can help boost your productivity. How striving for perfection on social media can hurt your time management. Much, much more! Important Links & Mentions From This Episode: Sweet Process Buffer MeetEdgar Rise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding Roadmap Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training Course Join the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST! Thank You for Tuning In! There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/26/2018 • 9 minutes, 32 seconds
A Simple Way to Make Someone's Day
By now everyone probably knows that I’m a big believer in the P2P “people-to-people” philosophy when it comes to engaging with my audience. This is why I wanted to talk about one of my favorite ways to reach out to them and make someone’s day.It all comes down to considering your community, what they would appreciate and taking a little more time, effort and that personal touch to make it happen! I hope this session helps, and let me know what your favorite ways to reach out to your audience over on Twitter!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why hand-written notes can make a world of difference with your audience.Chris talks about surprising and delighting your audience.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/23/2018 • 5 minutes, 12 seconds
Finally Getting to Grips with Your SEO, with Phil Singleton
During our journey as entrepreneurs, we’ve come across different kinds of teachers. From the ones we meet during webinars or masterminds to the people we meet during conferences who have made an impact on us.In this episode, I talk about how teachers are a crucial ingredient when it comes to what we can accomplish, how we as Youpreneurs are also teachers ourselves and whether we are stepping into the role of teaching our communities every day. Let me know how you’ve been taking on the role as teacher with your own audience – you can find me on Instagram and Twitter, I’d love to hear from you!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Youpreneurs are teachers in their communities.Why we don’t need to wait to learn about everything we need to know before sharing it with others.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!
4/19/2018 • 32 minutes, 52 seconds
Why You Need to Fall in Love with Teaching
During our journey as entrepreneurs, we’ve come across different kinds of teachers. From the ones we meet during webinars or masterminds to the people we meet during conferences who have made an impact on us.In this episode, I talk about how teachers are a crucial ingredient when it comes to what we can accomplish, how we as Youpreneurs are also teachers ourselves and whether we are stepping into the role of teaching our communities every day. Let me know how you’ve been taking on the role as teacher with your own audience – you can find me on Instagram and Twitter, I’d love to hear from you!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Youpreneurs are teachers in their communities.Why we don’t need to wait to learn about everything we need to know before sharing it with others.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!
4/16/2018 • 6 minutes, 44 seconds
How to Journal for Business Growth, with Richard Tubb
A lot of us entrepreneurs can often get lost in the routine of chasing our goals down that we forget to look up and recognize what we’ve accomplished and what we were looking forward to in the first place.In this episode, entrepreneur and IT specialist Richard Tubb joins the show to talk about the power of journaling, how it’s helped him recognize how far he’s come in business and what it can do for your productivity and business growth.We also go into how journaling has helped Richard with prioritization and focusing on certain tasks, our own personal bucket lists and how sharing goals with friends and family can help you achieve them.This was a fun chat with Richard that really has gotten me thinking about starting my own journal and really taking note of what I’ve accomplished so far, and I’m hoping this episode will give you a few ideas for your own journal as well. So get that notepad ready, you might end up using it regularly in the future!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What are the different kinds of journaling.Why Richard prefers a handwritten journal over a journaling app.How has journaling helped Richard as an entrepreneur.What Richard means by a “monthly nourisher” and his routine for tracking his achievements.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Richard Tubb’s websiteRichard Tubb on TwitterJohn Lee DumasFreedom JournalMastery JournalMichael HyattFull Focus PlannerCarrie GreenFive Minute JournalGreg HickmanYoupreneur SummitRise of YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to <a...
4/12/2018 • 36 minutes, 42 seconds
How to Know When You ve Made It!
When you’ve put in the effort and hours of growing your business, how do you know when you’ve made it? In this episode of Two Minute Tuesday, I talk about reaching the summit of success as a Youpreneur.Success can look like different things to different people. It can look like finally quitting your day job, hitting a target or even having to turn away customers. There is one underlying theme which is a growing pressure (and even anxiety) to succeed even more.This is why it’s important to pursue success with realistic expectations and to remember that even the most successful entrepreneurs aren’t exempt from that fear and pressure but they are certainly committed to working through it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How to know when you’ve made it as a Youpreneur.The effects of overnight success versus growing your business slowly to success.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.
4/9/2018 • 5 minutes, 18 seconds
How to Work Less and Make More, with James Schramko
Chasing that balance between a healthy work and life balance is always something that us entrepreneurs are gunning for which is why today's episode is centered around scheduling your time around the real priorities in life while continuing to serve your clients and building your business.In this episode, entrepreneur James Schramko returns to the show to talk about his latest book Work Less, Make More, what the catalyst was for him wanting to finally put a book out there and the challenges he's had to overcome along the way.We also have a great conversation about the ever-elusive work-life balance, the story of how he fell in love with surfing in the first place and how it's become a driving force in how he schedules his business and routines.James and I talk about all of that and so much more; it was such a pleasure catching up with him and hearing him talk about his new book and how he's managed to place what he's passionate about at the center of his schedule, enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why it's essential to have an offer that converts.James talks about the common traps that entrepreneurs fall into before creating an offer.Why you don't have to worry about being viewed as a salesperson.Why James doesn't employ the drip-feeding approach when it comes to content in his community.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:James Schramko's websiteJames Schramko on TwitterYoupreneurFM Episode 38Work Less, Make MoreEzra FirestoneFour Hour Work WeekKelly ExeterPerry MarshallJohn ReeceGreg MerileesYoupreneur SummitRise of YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/5/2018 • 43 minutes, 20 seconds
Have You Failed Yet Today?
In this episode, I dive into the dreaded f-word.. failure. Tune in as I talk about why so many personal brand entrepreneurs are so afraid to fail, what failure can teach us and why it’s become a goal of mine to almost fail at least once with every new project or venture I get into.So have you failed yet today? It’s time for you to go out and find something about your business that doesn’t work so that you can finally fix it and bring your business up to speed. Let me know your biggest takeaways from any recent failures you’ve experienced over on Instagram and Twitter, I’d love to hear from you!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How focusing too much on avoiding failure can affect your business.Chris talks about the real meaning of failure.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/2/2018 • 4 minutes, 48 seconds
The Power of Understanding Your Customers Lingo, with Jeffrey Shaw
We’re all aiming to attract the ideal customer, but how do we start to figure out who that ideal customer actually is?In this episode, photographer, podcast host and author Jeffrey Shaw joins the show to talk about determining your ideal customer, what lingo means and how to discover your customer’s ideal language.Tune in as Jeffrey talks about the goal of lingo, understanding and empathizing with your customer and shares the 5-Step Secret Language Strategy to go from being overlooked to being overbooked in less than one year.This episode is chock-full of insights on how to truly understand what your customer wants, how to speak their language and so much more, on this episode of YoupreneurFM.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What Jeffrey wants to see for marketing strategies in the future.How lingo as a marketing strategy can make your competition almost irrelevant.Chris and Jeffrey talk about the power of familiarity when it comes to retaining customers.Jeffrey talks about pricing psychology and customer perception.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Jeffrey Shaw’s websiteJeffrey Shaw on TwitterLingoSuperconsumersEddie YoonYoupreneur SummitRise of YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/29/2018 • 36 minutes, 34 seconds
Nothing Good Ever Happens Inside Your Comfort Zone
My home office is one of my favorite places to be – it’s colorful, comfortable and decked out with my favorite Union Jack knick-knacks that always put me in a good mood. But here’s the thing, as much as I love working in my home office there are times when I know I need to shake things up a little bit.In this episode, I talk about the importance of stepping out of your comfort zone sometimes. Whether it’s an actual space or certain routines that you stick to, sticking to the same pattern for too long can result in stagnation which is something every entrepreneur should try to avoid.This doesn’t mean a full office re-model or anything drastic, but it’s important to keep in mind that a small change in your set-up can inspire big progress and breakthroughs!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why an entrepreneur who is too comfortable isn’t going to be changing the world anytime soon.Why you should examine your habits purposefully to see if they are serving you in the right way.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!
3/26/2018 • 5 minutes, 34 seconds
How to Become the Podcast Guest Everyone Wants
There is a lot of prep work when it comes to setting up a guest interview on your podcast, but what about if you were the one being interviewed? The truth is, podcast hosts are always looking for great podcast guests which is why it’s always a good idea to prepare and make sure you have all your bases covered before coming on the show.In this episode, I share my six tips on becoming an amazing podcast guest and how to make a great first impression on someone’s show. I talk about why you need to be a fan of the show before you pitch them, how to use your time wisely during the interview when given a chance to promote your business and so much more.A little bit of preparation can go a long way to making you feel ready and confident before stepping in front of the microphone for your interview. If you have any other tips or suggestions on how to be a great podcast guest, let me know on Twitter!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How podcasts can factor into your business efforts and even create more profit.How to personalize your email pitch to podcast hosts.What are the two ‘B’s when it comes to email pitching podcast hosts.Why following up after the podcast interiew is so important.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/22/2018 • 10 minutes, 15 seconds
Why You Need to Add Another Goal to This Year
We’re quickly zooming into the beginning of the second quarter of the year which is a great time to pause, reflect and recommit to some goals you might have set at the beginning of the year.In this episode, I bring up some questions to help you determine how you’ve handled the first quarter of this year so far and why you should consider adding another goal to your list this year. Let me know how you’ve been chasing down your goals in the first quarter and what you plan on adding to your list – you can find me on Instagram and Twitter, I’d love to hear from you!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How adding a new goal can bring you more energy.Why you need to ask yourself if you have sabotaged your own goals.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/19/2018 • 5 minutes, 15 seconds
How Bad Design Can Kill Your Business, with Joana Galvao
Nowadays, your website has 10 seconds to convince a passing visitor that your brand, message and business are the real deal. Good design matters, whether it comes from your site or branding, it can do so much more than play the part of eye-candy, it can convert too.In this episode, the founder of GiF Design Studios and designer Joana Galvao joins the show to talk about how design can negatively affect your business if it isn't done the right way, why your visuals need to match what your brand is all about and so much more.Joana and I talk about laying the basics of your brand identity and go through all the essentials from color theory and the importance of choosing the right fonts to how to get a well-designed logo on a bootstrapped budget.We also get into a great conversation on how to work with creatives and how to cultivate a good relationship with your graphic designer. I know you are all going to enjoy this conversation with Joana, especially for all our listeners who are thinking of designing their first website or planning to revamp their current websites. Enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How to begin planning your brand look before approaching a designer.Why Joana recommends using Google fonts when starting out with brand design.Chris and Joana talk about when you should approach websites like Fiverr or 99 Designs for logo designs.Joana shares her tips on how to avoid paying for professional photos done during the beginning of your business.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Joana Galvao's websiteJoana Galvao on TwitterGiF Design StudiosFiverr99DesignsBehanceMatthew KimberlyRise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/15/2018 • 37 minutes, 37 seconds
The 2-Minute Guide to Influencing Others
With the rise of so many platforms where you can be heard, more and more people find themselves wanting to take that next step from entrepreneur to influencer. In this episode of Two Minute Tuesdays, I share my quick guide on how you can become a trusted authority and the characteristics you need to develop so you can start influencing others.Stay tuned as I talk about sharing what you know, the importance of listening and why a leader must continue to learn in order to lead.For more influencer-related topics, let me hear your thoughts on Twitter. I’d love to hear the steps you've taken to becoming an authority and influencing others!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What are the key factors that correlate to your ability to influence others.Why you must dedicate yourself to constantly learning about your industry and business.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/12/2018 • 5 minutes, 33 seconds
Setting Up a Facebook Live Book Launch Plan, with Luria Petrucci
This week's episode is a little different from the show's usual format but it does give you a sneak peek into how I was getting ready to gear up for the Rise of the Youpreneur launch.This episode actually started out as a casual and candid conversation between myself and live video expert Luria Petrucci over Zoom to talk about live video launches, but the call quickly turned into a full-blown masterclass on how to launch via video on Facebook that I couldn't resist turning into a podcast episode.So strap in as Luria and I talk about the ins and outs of launching with live video, becoming consistent with it without having a regular set schedule and how "life streams" can help. We also talk about some useful gimmicks you can use during the actual live video of the launch plus the power of bots and what they can do for you.This chat with Luria was such an eye-opening one, which is why it ended up becoming a podcast episode instead so get those pens and notepads ready!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why more authors lately aren't too worried about making the New York Times Bestseller list.What are the four levels of live streaming.How long your live videos should take when promoting your launch.How to get your audience's interest peak during the pre-show of your live video.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Luria Petrucci's websiteLuria Petrucci on TwitterLive Video for LaunchesGabby BernsteinWirecastZoomLewis HowesSchool of GreatnessRise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/9/2018 • 52 minutes, 20 seconds
Who's Influencing You? The Power of Your Inner Circle!
Online entrepreneurship can seem like a lonely business but as the old saying goes "no man is an island" and that can certainly be applied when it comes to building your brand and business.We all need a group of dedicated people to give us feedback, cheer us on and even dish out some tough love on some occasions, but it can be tricky to figure out who to include. In this episode, I talk about the power of the inner circle to help influence you and how you can recognize who you are to slowly build the right inner circle for you. I hope this session and the exercise helps, and let me know how you've managed to build your inner circle over on Twitter!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:The two mistakes entrepreneurs often make when it comes to building their inner circles.Chris shares his Youpreneur Self Awareness exercise and how it can help build your inner circle.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/6/2018 • 4 minutes, 31 seconds
How the Act of Delivering on Promises Meant Everything, with Clay Collins
It's been a while since we've had a good old-fashioned origin story on the podcast for a while, which is why today's episode features the perfect guest to share the different businesses he's built.Clay Collins joins the show to talk about his own entrepreneurial journey as he shares the struggles he faced when starting out, the pivots he's taken and how it has lead to what we now know as Leadpages.We also talk about his own personal pattern when it comes to recognizing businesses, why cheap marketing doesn't work on people with real businesses and the reason Clay decided to jump into live events.Tune in as we also discuss about Clay's latest venture, Nomics and lots of other different topics that I know you are going to enjoy. So get comfy and ready to take some notes, you’re going to need it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why Clay doesn't believe there is just one right way to produce content.The myth of the audience telling you exactly what you need to do with your business.Clay shares how and why they acquired Drip.The value of the free plan and metered pricing.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Clay Collins' websiteClay Collins on TwitterLeadpagesDripNomicsGary Vaynerchuk99DesignsHtml BurgerEv WilliamsRob WallingMediumTwilioSendGridAWSRise of the Youpreneur Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/2/2018 • 40 minutes, 30 seconds
Work Just as Hard on YOU, as You Do Your Business!
I still can't believe it's been two months since the inaugural Youpreneur Summit in London kicked off! Now if you did manage to attend, you would know that one of the biggest secrets to success is that we are constantly investing in our own personal and professional developments.All great entrepreneurs can tell you that if you truly want to take your business further, it's all about working just as hard on yourself as it is working on your business. This means constantly learning new things and sharing that knowledge with your audience. Remember, you cannot begin to lead if you aren't willing to learn.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris also shares his own personal practices to keep up with learning new things in his profession.Why we don't need to wait to share our knowledge and develop our brand.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Marie KondoRise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/27/2018 • 4 minutes, 58 seconds
How to Spread Your Message More Successfully Than Ever Before!
Once you have laid the foundation for your business, how do you start spreading your message to a wider audience and really market your message to the people you want to serve?It's another special episode for you this week as I dive into a new section of my new book "Rise of the Youpreneur" which is all about marketing your personal brand and your business around that brand.Tune in as I share how you can build a media company mindset, why I believe originality is just as important as authenticity and how to stay original.It was great to finally share a little audio version of what I've been working on lately and I hope you manage to grab your own copy soon to let me know what you think of it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you want to build a rich online media experience.Why authenticity and originality are key components to building your brand.The difference between good and bad P2P.The power of showing behind-the-scenes for your audience.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/23/2018 • 19 minutes, 24 seconds
You've GOT the Time. Invest it Wisely!
Everyone has gone through periods where there just doesn't seem to be enough hours in the day to get everything done, I've found myself guilty of thinking this way as well. This is when I need to remind myself of the power of words and that the things we say become the things we believe, so it's important we need to change how we think and speak about our time schedules.The fact is that the hours are there, we just need to know how to use time wisely. When it comes to time management, you will find more time to accomplish your goals if you give yourself less time than you think you might need. I hope this episode helps you, especially for the listeners out there that are struggling with upcoming deadlines. Let me know what you thought of this episode, tweet me and let me know how you manage your time!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:The importance of recognizing how much power our words have on our mindset and actions.Why you need to track your time to answer the mystery of where your time goes.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Marie KondoRise of the YoupreneurPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/20/2018 • 5 minutes, 18 seconds
An Introduction to Building a Future-Proof Business
Lately, I've been in head-down mode with a brand new project that some of you might have heard about lately.. my latest book.In this special episode, I share a quick peek of my upcoming book, Rise of the Youpreneur to give you an idea about what a Youpreneur is all about and why it's so important to build a future-proof business.Stay tuned as I go into how I started in business, how it was vastly different from today's business world and the mindset shift I had to make to turn from an entrepreneur into a Youpreneur.This book has been a long time coming and is inspired by so many things including this show, it's listeners and guests so I can't wait for you to pick a copy up and let me know what you think!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris talks about how he had to start from scratch whenever he had to start a new business.Chris talks about coining the term "Youpreneur" and what it's all about.What are the benefits of becoming a Youpreneur.How personal brand businesses are future-proof.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the Youpreneur Virtual Freedom BookPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/16/2018 • 13 minutes, 54 seconds
Why Every Entrepreneur Needs a Coach!
In this episode, I share a success story of one of our Youpreneur members Anissa Holmes and how her business has flourished and talk about the importance of having a coach or a mentor to help give you brand new perspective.This episode is all about getting things done at the right time. One of the best parts of being your own boss is taking note of the relationship between self-awareness and productivity, and making it work for you. So it's important to find that sweet spot of when you are at your most and least productive and building your schedule around that.Now it's important to recognize that what might work for others might not work for you. So while there might be a little trial and error involved, this is where you can take advantage of being your own boss to set your own rules and watch your business flourish!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you need a mentor or a coach to help you grow yourself and your business.Why you shouldn't enlist your spouse or your best friend as your coach.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:YoupreneurFM Episode with Anissa HolmesRise of the Youpreneur WaitlistPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/12/2018 • 5 minutes, 21 seconds
8 Ways to Finally Start Monetizing Your Personal Brand!
This episode is all about that primary profit mentality as I share one of our exclusive workshops from the Youpreneur community library that is all about monetization and setting up several streams of income around your personal brand.In this session, I go into why you need to be seen as an expert and influencer and eight ways to finally get started with monetizing your personal brand today with both passive and non-passive methods.This episode is a short one but it packs quite a punch so remember to get that notepad and pen out. I hope this workshop gives you the ideas you need to help create new ways to monetize your brand.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you should keep your mind flexible on the possibilities.Which method is the easiest way to get started when monetizing your brand.Chris talks about why Youpreneurs “do it differently”.Which methods are more passive than others.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the Youpreneur WaitlistVirtual Freedom BookPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/9/2018 • 13 minutes, 22 seconds
Why You Need to Be In It for the Long Haul
Nowadays, everyone seems to be searching to discover the next big thing but so few entrepreneurs are willing to put in the real work and play the long game in making sure they build the best business possible.In this episode, I talk about the concept of business longevity, why entrepreneurs should think about being in business for the long haul instead of the next 'get rich quick' scheme and how building your business slowly and purposefully can help you learn from your mistakes.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris talks about dangerous goals to strive for.The benefits of playing the long game when it comes to building your business.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the Youpreneur VIP WaitlistPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/6/2018 • 5 minutes, 16 seconds
How to Build a Winning Online Video Strategy, with Ben Amos
Almost everywhere we look, online video has become a staple in content creation but it takes more than just hitting record to create proper online video content.This episode is all about how you can tell your story better through online video as creative director of Innovate Media, Ben Amos joins the show to share his top online video strategies.Stay tuned as we go into the storytelling element of our businesses, the two essential things you need to get done when planning your online video strategy and how to tell your story from a business perspective.This episode is a great one if you are looking to get started or even revisit your online video strategy so get that notepad and pen out, you're going to need them!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Ben talks about the importance of your why when it comes to creating videos.Ben breaks down the three main areas of the storytelling journey.What are the different goals you should cover in your online videos strategy.How the 4P framework can help with your story structure.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Ben Amos' websiteBen Amos on TwitterBonus Content from BenInnovate MediaAmy SchmittauerPat FlynnGary VaynerchukSimon Sinek's Start With the Why TalkPatrick MoreauRise of the Youpreneur VIP WaitlistPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/2/2018 • 32 minutes, 33 seconds
This is What Youpreneurship REALLY Means!
It can be easy to get sunk into the details of our day-to-day business routines that we forget why we jumped into the world of Youpreneurship in the first place!In this episode, I want us to zoom out a little to remember why we all became Youpreneurs in the first place and the difference between what a Youpreneur is from any other business owner. Let me know what being a Youpreneur means to you and any thoughts you might have about this episode over on Twitter - I'd love to hear from you!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What is the one thing all Youpreneurs have in common.How to keep your motivation high when running your business.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rise of the Youpreneur VIP WaitlistPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/30/2018 • 4 minutes, 59 seconds
How To Get Out Of Your Own Way, with Clare Josa
Often one of the biggest obstacles I see entrepreneurs having to deal with is themselves. So many of us fall into the trap of dreaming big but playing small without even realizing it.In this episode, author Clare Josa joins the show to share different ways to help you find the clarity you need to work your way through the mental roadblocks that can stop a business owner from personally growing.Clare and I also have a great discussion about imposter syndrome and how to push through it, the power of visualization and how it can help move the needle in your business and with your self.I hope you enjoy this chat with Clare, this conversation brings to light a lot of useful tips and insights that can hopefully bring focus and the push you need to get out of your own way.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Clare talks about the five main entrepreneurial fears and how you can get rid of them.Why so many entrepreneurs tend to procrastinate.What Clare means by "mind story" fears.What is one of the biggest drivers of imposter syndrome.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Clare Josa's websiteClare Josa on TwitterDare to Dream BiggerYou Take Yourself With YouMailChimpYoupreneurFM Episode with Darren HardySheryl SandbergCarrie GreenPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/26/2018 • 34 minutes, 17 seconds
The Relationship Between Self Awareness & Productivity
This episode is all about getting things done at the right time. One of the best parts of being your own boss is taking note of the relationship between self-awareness and productivity, and making it work for you. So it's important to find that sweet spot of when you are at your most and least productive and building your schedule around that.Now it's important to recognize that what might work for others might not work for you. So while there might be a little trial and error involved, this is where you can take advantage of being your own boss to set your own rules and watch your business flourish!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you need to identify your most and least productive times.Chris shares why he chose Tuesday for his Two Minute segment.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/22/2018 • 4 minutes, 44 seconds
From ProBlogger, to Finally ProPodcaster, with Darren Rowse
Two hundred episodes into his own podcast, ProBlogger Darren Rowse joins the show again to talk about his experiences with hosting his own show and how he's leveled up to ProPodcaster.We also talk about how he has been converting his podcast listeners into blog readers (and vice versa) and what we both have planned for our respective podcasts in the future.Tune in as we also get into a great mastermind session on how to keep your podcast content fresh by mixing things up, how we handle batch recordings and how we put our podcasts on auto-pilot when it comes to taking some much-needed downtime.It was fantastic having Darren over again and I thoroughly enjoyed talking about the ins-and-outs of podcasting with him, so if you happen to have a podcast of your own or are thinking of starting one, this is the episode for you. Enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris and Darren share how they both view podcasting and how it affects their audiences.Why Chris decided to start his new podcast segment 'Two Minute Tuesdays'.What was Darren's biggest stumbling block when it came to establishing his podcast.Darren shares why he created his podcast episodes now and how the podcast impacts on him.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Darren Rowse's websiteDarren Rowse on TwitterYoupreneurFM Episode with Darren RowseJohn Lee DumasThis American LifeJames SchramkoGary VaynerchukPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/18/2018 • 37 minutes, 13 seconds
Your Brand is Your Reputation. Start Taking it Seriously!
I've made it my mission in recent years to really spread the word about personal branding, but your brand needs one more thing to make sure that it stands steady. In this episode, I talk about why we need to focus on building our reputation and our brand in unison. Stay tuned as I talk about how your personal brand isn't what you think it is, really listening to your audience and so much more. For more personal branding shop talk, let me hear your thoughts on Twitter. I'd love to hear how you connect with your audience to see what they say about your brand!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:When does your brand actually happen.How to find out what people are saying about you.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/16/2018 • 4 minutes, 41 seconds
Continuing the Build Out of Her Own Body of Work, with Pamela Slim
Navigating the world of online business has a lot of unexpected twists and turns, opportunities where you grow and where you learn. My guest today makes it her mission to get to the bottom of what keeps small businesses from becoming even more successful.In this episode, author Pamela Slim joins the show as we talk about a project that is near and dear to Pamela’s heart, where she has built a learning/experimenting environment for small business owners to help them see what works in their businesses.We also get into a discussion about systemic sector problems, her survey process, how she has learned more about her audience and the big surprises she has found from it.This episode with Pamela is such a great example that shows the small business owner journey is one of constant learning and discovery. You’ll definitely need a notepad and pen for this one so get ready and tune in!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What Pamela means by her learning laboratory.Pamela talks about the different mindsets she runs into when it comes to small business owners.What Pamela plans for her next upcoming book.Chris and Pamela talk about sometimes doing things for the wrong reasons.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Pamela Slim's WebsitePamela Slim on TwitterBody of WorkEscape from Cubicle NationSusan BaierPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/12/2018 • 35 minutes
Take Care of Yourself, to Take Care of Business!
In this first episode of my Two Minute Tuesdays segment, it's all about taking care of yourself so that you have the right mindset to take care of your business. So many entrepreneurs end up running themselves ragged from their day-to-day work routines and only seem to hit the brakes when they reach burnout.Your audience will always look to you so it's important to set the right example of knowing when to work hard and when to take a step back and breathe. I hope this session helps, and let me know what your favorite ways are to take a break over on Twitter!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why taking care of yourself isn't a luxury and why it's mandatory.How self-care can take different forms for different people.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/9/2018 • 3 minutes, 51 seconds
Reshaping, Rebuilding and Rebranding Your Business, with Mike Vardy
Our businesses thrive on change, whether it's tweaking your pricing or marketing strategy or a full-blown revamp. It's always important to keep things fresh and see what works better for your business.Speaking of changes, in this episode I have Mike Vardy join us again to talk about some monumental changes in his business and shares his master plan on how he is planning to rebrand from being known as the "Productivityist".We also get into the topic of free webinars versus paid webinars, what Mike means by 'time crafting' and launching my new book, 'Rise of the Youpreneur' in the new year.This is a really exciting time for Mike, and I can't wait to see how he handles his rebrand in the next coming months. For all you listeners out there who are thinking of rebranding your own business, this episode is a must-listen, so grab that notepad and pen and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why Mike is planning to leave his "Productivityist" brand.Who pushed Chris into the idea of 'Rise of the Youpreneur'.Why Mike is taking his time with this rebranding operation.What Mike means by the "any time alignment" webinar.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Mike Vardy's websiteMike Vardy on TwitterThe Productivityist's Rebrand JourneyAsanaDan MillerRyan HolidayJeff GoinsChris BroganPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/5/2018 • 36 minutes, 37 seconds
Announcing Two Minute Tuesday on Youpreneur.FM
I've got a quick surprise episode for you today as I announce the start of a brand new segment on the podcast, 'Two Minute Tuesday' where I get to deliver shorter, high-level and thought-provoking content that I hope will inspire you.I have lots of exciting plans for 2018 and I can't wait to get started with this new project to help elevate you and your business even further. That's it for now, see you next week for our first Two Minute Tuesday episode!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/2/2018 • 2 minutes
How Two Sisters are Mixin It Up for BIG Profits and Beyond!
One of the best parts about live events is meeting new people and establishing connections with them, even after the event has wrapped up! I had the pleasure of meeting the founders behind Sistermixin at my Tropical Think Tank event held earlier this year and it's been amazing watching them grow their brand over the past few months.In this episode, Joanne Ling and Tracey Fry from Sistermixin join me as they share their experiences from Tropical Think Tank and how they've grown their business since then.Tune in as we chat about pricing strategies, how taking the leap and investing in their own warehouse helped boost their business and give them credibility plus what their rebranding plans are for the new year.We also go into their digital marketing strategy, how they hold their live events with them living in separate states and so much more. It was great fun having Jo and Tracey on the show, so sit back, relax and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Tracey, Jo and Chris discuss the impact of focusing on one project at a time.Why Tracey and Jo unfollowed their favorite influencers and how it helped.When they decided to stop working in their business and start working on it.How much their business has grown since taking their business "out of their home".Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Sistermixin's WebsiteSistermixin on FacebookSistermixin's Recipe for Caramel TartsPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
12/29/2017 • 47 minutes, 46 seconds
Boosting Trust & Credibility on Your Website, with Martin Huntbach
When you meet someone for the first time or walk into a store for the first time, your instinct kicks in and lets you know if you want to trust this person or business. Online, it can be trickier. So how do you make your website seem authentic and credible among the sea of sites and online experts?In this episode, I go into growing trust and credibility with the founder of Jammy Digital Martin Huntbach as we discuss the importance of determining your website's purpose.We also talk about content creation, the need to trim the fat and getting to the real points when it comes to delivering content and what has been working best for Martin and his customers right now when it comes to getting people to specific pages.This episode really hones in on what we can add in our websites to build trust and credibility, not only with your current audience but with new visitors as well. I know you are going to enjoy this chat with Martin, enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How to figure out what your website's purpose.Martin shares the most common pain point that he sees in websites.Martin shares his thoughts on if there is a magic number on how many pieces of content should be published each week.What can we add in to build trust and credibility with your audience and new visitors.Why you need to determine the one thing your customers want to know.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Martin Huntbach's websiteMartin Huntbach on TwitterYoupreneurFM Episode with Janet MurrayMike MorrisonJanet MurrayJay BaerPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
12/21/2017 • 31 minutes, 52 seconds
The Story Behind Youpreneur of the Year for 2017, with Ramona Rice
Something that many business owners find along the way is that sometimes your goals in entrepreneurship is longer than we expect it to be, but as today's guest shows us, you just need to keep going.In this episode, we have special guest Ramona Rice joins the show to share her story of how she became an accidental entrepreneur and developed her fast-growing business in just a few years.We also talk about Ramona winning the Youpreneur of the Year Award, how using a community challenge helped build her email list, using Facebook Groups as a tool and not a life source for your business and why we believe every unsubscribe is a blessing.This was a great chat with Ramona as we brought up some great topics in business but also some great personal stories as well which I’m sure a lot of listeners will enjoy.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why Ramona bought the misspelled version domain of her website.Ramona talks about her soon-to-be-launched 6 Pillars ProgramWhy Chris wanted to hold Youpreneur Summit in London.What Ramona has planned for 2018.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Ramona Rice's websiteRamona Rice on TwitterAnissa HolmesGary VaynerchukSocial Media Marketing WorldJadah SellnerYoupreneurFM Episode 248Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJoin the Youpreneur Community and Build Your Business FAST!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
12/14/2017 • 47 minutes, 26 seconds
How One Youpreneur Made $100K in 30-Days, with AJ Jomah
I've always been a fan of stories where an entrepreneur digs deep after overcoming a big challenge and puts in the hard work to make their business dreams a reality.In this episode, business owner and Youpreneur member AJ Jomah comes on the show to share his entrepreneurial journey from how he got started owning a pizza franchise and almost filing for bankruptcy to how he has flourished in online business.We go into some great points such as idea validation, constant testing and why authenticity sells. Stay tuned as we also talk about what AJ has planned for the future.This is an inspiring episode, especially for any budding entrepreneurs out there that are looking for a little nudge to keep going until they can catch that big first break. You’ll definitely need a notepad and pen for this one so get ready and tune in!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why entrepreneurs should be "riding the wave".How AJ validated his business idea without an email list.How AJ launched his first course.Chris and AJ talk about pre-selling courses and the struggles that come with it.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:AJ Jomah's websiteAJ Jomah on TwitterTraffic and Conversion SummitConvertKitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
12/8/2017 • 47 minutes, 57 seconds
The Inaugural Youpreneur Summit Official Recap
It's been a dream of mine for a long time to put on a large-scale business education event in my hometown of London and finally, all the elements fell into place to make it happen.In this very special episode of YoupreneurFM, I share a recap of our inaugural Youpreneur Summit event held in London a few weeks ago.Tune in as I go through what our amazing speakers covered, some of our event highlights and what I have planned for Youpreneur Summit 2018!Putting on this event was a dream come true and I am ecstatic that I got to round out the year with such great memories of such wonderful and like-minded entrepreneurs in my hometown. Enjoy the recap and check out the video below to give you an idea of how we kicked things off below. :-)Essential Learning Points From This Episode:The main takeaways our speakers shared over the Youpreneur Summit weekend.What quick exercise the audience did to make sure they took action after the event.I also share a quick overview of what I call the Youpreneur Ecosystem.The big surprise I manifested (for months!) and laid on the Youpreneur Summit audience.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:John Lee Dumas' websiteMark Asquith's websiteJoanna Penn's websiteAmy Schmittauer's websiteColin Gray's websiteMatthew Kimberley's websiteJohn Jantsch's websiteJanet Murray's websiteCarrie Green's websiteMike Morrison's websiteRussell James' websitePat Flynn's websiteRamona Rice's websiteMy FREE Personal Branding Roadmap eBookMy FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseJOIN THE YOUPRENEUR COMMUNITY TODAY!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every...
12/1/2017 • 26 minutes, 30 seconds
The Power of Personal Brand Pivoting, with Mark Schaefer
Growing as an entrepreneur and staying relevant in today's digital age takes more than just perseverance, it also means making a lot of big decisions on if you should stay the course or adapt to your surroundings.In this episode of YoupreneurFM, author and speaker Mark Schaefer joins the show to talk about how he's kept his personal brand top of mind in the industry, how he's grown as an entrepreneur and why he reinvents himself every five years.Mark and I go into how to stand out in today's world, the importance of purpose when it comes to growing and one of the biggest mistakes he has made as an entrepreneur. We also go into Mark's latest book, Known as he shares the process on how he decided the case studies within it.This was a great fireside chat with Mark and it was a pleasure having him on the show to prove that growth as an entrepreneur isn't one straight diagonal line upwards. There will be twists, turns and yes - pivots that lead you to become a better entrepreneur. Enjoy the show!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Mark has managed to revamp his brand within the industry.Mark talks about micro-pivots and how it keeps his entrepreneurial journey exciting.Chris and Mark talk about if there is a process for scaling a personal brand.How does Mark continue to be known in the next 5 years.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Mark Schaefer's websiteMark Schaefer on TwitterKnownJohn LoomerPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
11/23/2017 • 34 minutes, 58 seconds
How Building a Personal Brand Changed Everything, with Jeff Rose
Sometimes adjusting focus can change the whole game for a person or a business. In this episode of YoupreneurFM, Jeff Rose joins me to talk about building his business around his personal brand and how it changed everything.We also go into his blogging journey and how he started off after his tour of duty, what he’s done with Good Financial Cents and how he’s built his brand around his expertise.We also discussed how Jeff is monetizing his brand today, what his best investment was when it came to business and so much more.You’re going to love this conversation with Jeff, so sit back with a notepad, pen and a good mug of coffee and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What Chris’ challenged Jeff to do to promote his content.How Jeff created content around search words when he first started.What is the one thing that entrepreneurs need to focus on when it comes to finances.Chris and Jeff talk about the difference between marketing and promoting content.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Jeff Rose's websiteJeff Rose on TwitterGood Financial CentsSoldier of FortuneLeadPagesInfusionsoftMailChimpPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
11/16/2017 • 34 minutes, 59 seconds
Getting to Grips with the Business of Speaking, with Andrew Davis
As many established speakers will tell you, it takes more than an attractive slide deck and showmanship to really make your mark in the speaking industry. There's a lot of hard work that goes on off-stage, and that doesn't even include working on the actual presentations. Speaking is a referral based business which means you will need a solid strategy in place to make sure you make the right impressions with organizers and your audience in order to maximize your speaking careers.For this episode, we have author and professional speaker, Andrew Davis join us as we go into the business of building a speaking career - warts and all! We dive deep as we talk about the formula and strategy when it comes to building a long-lasting speaking career, what you can do to multiply your amount of gigs, fee structures and so much more.Andrew also shares how he tracks the variables into what gets you another speaking gig, the different components event organizers look for in a speaker and why you shouldn't make any excuses on why you cost so much as a speaker.This was a fantastic chat with Andrew which is a must-listen for anyone who wants to start or develop their speaking careers. So get your notepads and pens out, sit back, relax and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Andrew manages to give 50 speaking gigs a year and what he means by a speech cycle.Andrew shares his strategy when it comes to offering your speaking services to events.The different kinds of gigs you will be attending and the referrals you can expect from them.How to make sure that you get paid on time as a speaker.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Andrew Davis' websiteAndrew Davis on TwitterBrandscapingJoe PulizziContent Marketing WorldScott StratenJay BaerYoupreneurFM Episode with Jeff WalkerQuickbaseYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get...
11/9/2017 • 39 minutes, 55 seconds
How to Create Your First Online Course in 6 Easy Steps
One of the most common pain points that entrepreneurs face is scalability. How do you increase your volume and grow your business when there are only so many hours in a day?This is where the power of online courses comes in and how it proves that 'one to many is so much more scalable than one-to-one'.In this episode, I break down my six quick tips to help you increase the number of people you can genuinely help and serve. I also talk about validation blitzes and how systems sell.Tune in as I also go into my favorite bonus strategies, premium pricing and why I'm not a fan of lifetime memberships. So if you are thinking about starting your first course soon, this is definitely the episode for you. Try out these simple tips and let me know what you think!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What's the first step when it comes to creating an online course that you shouldn't miss out on.The four-step process you need to cover when it comes to organizing your course.Tips on how far you want to support your students.Chris shares his thoughts on his refund strategies and payment plans.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Mike MorrisonYoupreneurFM Episode with Amy PorterfieldYoupreneurFM Episode with David Siteman GarlandWill It FlyZippy CoursesRainmaker Youpreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
11/2/2017 • 14 minutes, 47 seconds
How to Maximise Output with the Potential Principle, with Mark Sanborn
As we start and continually grow our businesses, have you found yourself wondering if you are pushing yourself enough and performing to your best potential? If not, how do we close the gap between how good we are and how good we can possibly be?In this episode, entrepreneur, author and speaker Mark Sanborn comes on the show to talk about his latest book 'The Potential Principle', reaching your potential and how you can do more than just hit your goals.We also talk about why we need to be constantly learning to escalate our performances, the importance of being intellectually honest and the details on what his Potential Matrix is all about.I know you are going to enjoy this chat with Mark, especially for all our listeners out there who are looking for that little nudge to help them get going with hitting their goals and beyond. Enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why so many top performers stop at just achieving their goals and not striving for more.Goals can not only incentivize your performance, they can also limit it.How to stay super focused on your goals to make sure they are achieved.How to take the Potential Principle and fuse it with running a personal brand business.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Mark Sanborn's websiteMark Sanborn on TwitterThe Potential PrincipleThe Encore EffectCan Business Speakers Be FunnySeth GodinYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
10/26/2017 • 30 minutes, 13 seconds
How to Sell More Books & Make More Money as an Author
Many authors can tell you that writing your book is the easy part. It's when you get to the marketing phase that you will really need to roll up your sleeves and get to work.In this episode, I go into the details of selling your first thousand copies how to make more money as an author.I also go into the mistakes most first-time authors make when it comes to marketing, having your book work for Amazon's search engine, taking your book into audiobook format and so much more.This is a great episode for both established and aspiring authors, as well as one of my longest solo shows in a while so grab some coffee, a pen and your notepad and get ready to dive into this episode of Youpreneur FM.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you need to market your book for the good of your audience.The importance of length when it comes to creating and marketing your book.Why you need to make sharing easy - the first thing when it comes to book launches.Why you need to give away content from your book.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:YoupreneurFM Episode 214Youpreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
10/19/2017 • 21 minutes, 42 seconds
Life, Launches, Podcasts and Showing Up, with Jeff Walker
In this episode, I have a great fireside chat with Jeff Walker of Product Launch Formula fame as we discuss the entrepreneurial mindset, how to do launches the right way, family and so much more.We get right into the details of list-building, getting hung up on open rates, how a smaller active list can serve you more and why Jeff always starts a new sub-list whenever he has a launch.Tune in as we also talk about why he's just started his new podcast, the reasoning behind his launch strategy and how iTunes seems to have changed the way it ranks its podcasts.This talk with Jeff was a great one as we delved into the personal aspects as well as the business ones, which I know our listeners will enjoy so take that notepad out, settle back and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Jeff shares how it feels to be celebrating 20 years of building his business online.The questions you need to ask instead of checking your open and click rate when it comes if your business is working.We talk about Jeff's new podcast and what I think he should have done when he launched it.Jeff and I talk about closed-door memberships and dealing with the frequent launches.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Jeff Walker's websiteJeff Walker on TwitterMichael HyattStu McLarenYoupreneurFM Episode 236Youpreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
10/11/2017 • 51 minutes, 38 seconds
How to Use Instagram Stories to Build Your Brand & Business
Though the principle of Instagram stories has been around for a while, entrepreneurs can still find themselves a little lost on where to start. Do they treat it like Snapchat? Facebook with a rigorous schedule? All we know is that it's hard to ignore - with over 150 million active users and counting, it looks like a great new way to increase engagement with your audience.In this episode, I zoom into Instagram stories a little further as I show you how it has grown to become a genuine investment worthy of your time and how it can truly help you take your brand and business to the next level.Stay tuned as I break down my favorite tips when it comes to promoting your message on Instagram from sticking to your brand colors to the importance of timing your stories just right.So if you are ready to fire up your Instagram account and start recording, tune in as we talk about all of that and so much more in this episode of YoupreneurFM.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you need to create a complete Instagram story.How to stick to using your personal brand's colors and look.How to create the custom links in Instagram stories.How direct messages can change the game when it comes to building relationships with your audience.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:YoupreneurFM Episode 213 Sue B. ZimmermanYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
10/5/2017 • 14 minutes, 34 seconds
How One Entrepreneur Constructed His Perfect Business Model, with Jeff McMahon
As entrepreneurs, it can be easy for us to let our health sit on the backburner while we focus on building our businesses. We've all caught ourselves thinking at one point or another "I don't have time today to work out".In this episode, virtual trainer and Youpreneur member Jeff McMahon joins the show to talk about his virtual training business model and why you don't need to drive to the gym to stick to a workout.We also get into a great discussion about how he has developed his business model, how organizing a mud run got him started in the world of entrepreneurship and his biggest struggles as an entrepreneur.It's been a while since we've dived into a good old-fashioned entrepreneurial journey, and Jeff's story is such an inspiration for all future entrepreneurs out there with his drive so sit back, listen in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Jeff fell into debt and how he's found his niche in online business.How Jeff started to get his brand known within his space.Why Jeff decided to open a facility when he is known as the Virtual Trainer.How has being a Youpreneur member helped him in his business.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Jeff McMahon's websiteJeff McMahon on TwitterGary VaynerchukSmart Passive IncomeJohn Lee DumasPencils of PromiseLeadpagesYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
9/28/2017 • 43 minutes, 59 seconds
Unleashing the Power of Hitting the Finish Line, with Jon Acuff
We've all been there before - we start a new project idea with the best of intentions and full of energy but somewhere near the finish line, we find ourselves getting distracted by a brand new idea or just feeling discouraged.There are so many ways to approach goal-setting, but what is the most feasible way to reaching that finish line?In this episode, Jon joins the show to talk about setting honest and achievable goals, why entrepreneurs have problems with finishing projects in the first place and what he means by "the day after perfect".This episode is a must-listen to for all entrepreneurs out there who are struggling to finish their big goals of the year, or are considering how to approach their new goals for next year! So grab a pen and your notebook, you're going to need it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How our definition of 'binging' has changed.Jon gives us a sneak peek of what you can expect in his new book, Finish.Why having small and achievable goals that build towards a bigger one is more feasible.Jon shares his tactics on how to break down those big, hairy goals.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Jon Acuff's websiteJon Acuff on TwitterFinishStartWhy Small Goals Out-Win Big GoalsDerek SiversJames AltucherYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
9/21/2017 • 32 minutes, 6 seconds
How to Know When to Reboot Your Content Marketing, with Mitch Joel
With all that's changed in the business landscape lately, traditional businesses are being challenged to adapt and reboot their brands and messages.In this episode, we have author, entrepreneur and all-around genius content creator Mitch Joel join the show as we break down how he creates his own content and the process he uses to reboot it regularly.We also go into speaking and how the circuit has changed recently, why Mitch views content creation as art and the big reason for why he does not build his own list.Mitch also shares what he means by "looking at your runway" and how we should continue to make ourselves as indispensable as possible in a world that changes so quickly.This was a fantastic chat that definitely brings the goods when it comes to thoughts on content creation and so much more. Enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why it's not enough to talk about what a brand needs to do to reboot.How Mitch has modeled his way of thinking after Louis C.K.'s method.Why Mitch holds so much reverence for the "Publish" button.How do we continue to make ourselves as indispensable as possible in a world that changes so quicklyMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Mitch Joel's websiteMitch Joel on TwitterSix Pixels of SeparationCtrl Alt DeleteScott StrattenJay BaerMichael PortSteal the ShowJeffrey GitomerKeith FerrazziKevin Kelly's 1000 True Fans TheoryTools of TitansYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
9/14/2017 • 44 minutes, 8 seconds
Why I'm Officially DONE with Launches for My Business!
Trying out new formats and models is par for the course when it comes to running a business. In fact, it's one of the many aspects that makes it so exciting, but when do you make the call to stop testing and stick to what is working?In this episode, I take us a little back in time as I share how the idea of Youpreneur was born and the different business model changes it's been through to get to where it is today. I also share my reasons for why I've decided to turn my back on launches for my business and why I'm sticking to my evergreen format.After trying different methods, what I've taken away from this is that you need to run your business your way. There are so many different strategies out there that can work for your competitors and your peers, however, that doesn't guarantee that it will also work for you.If you are also in testing mode and still trying to find what is working for you and your business, then this is the episode for you. Tune in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What were the kind of people that Chris wanted to work with.Chris shares why he decided to close the doors to Youpreneur in the first place.What this decision could mean from a scarcity angle.What is Chris' biggest piece of advice when it comes to doing your business your way.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Youpreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
9/6/2017 • 15 minutes, 7 seconds
How to Monetize Your Online Content the Smart Way, with Mike Morrison
Content marketing is everywhere, though as we continue to put in the effort to produce solid blog posts, podcasts, video - when do we start actually monetizing it?In this episode, Mike Morrison of The Membership Guys joins the show once again to share how he has leveraged a very smart content marketing planning strategy to help him monetize his content and how he has built his business successfully.We also go into the varied opt-in approach that Mike has developed, why he believes a good membership is more than just its content and goes into the heart of the Membership Guys mission - solving problems.Mike shares a lot of great strategies and approaches when it comes to monetizing online content and his own membership site philosophy, so get your notepads and pens out and enjoy this episode of YoupreneurFM!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How the more Mike's site became specialized, the more demand grew.How Mike plans out the content for the public side of his business and his own process for creating content.Why Mike believes one solid killer opt-in trumps several smaller opt-ins.Chris and Mike talk about how they deal with sign-ups and cancellations within their memberships.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Mike Morrison's websiteMike Morrison on TwitterYoupreneurFM Episode 182Amy PorterfieldYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
9/1/2017 • 39 minutes, 30 seconds
How to Write Your First / Next Book Without Fuss!
I'm a believer that anybody who wants to become a leader in their industry has probably heard the saying that a book is truly the best business card that you can give out.However, as any published author will tell you.. it takes more than opening a word document and expecting inspiration to strike.If you have been thinking about writing your first or next book, I wanted to share my own writing process with you, to help get your book out and share your message.Stay tuned as I go into identifying your book's inner reason, book outlines, how the revision process can sometimes take more time than writing the book itself and so much more. This episode is a goodie, so grab some coffee, your notepad and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you must know the purpose of your book before you begin writing in.How to get a bird's eye view of your book before it's written.Why you need a fresh perspective on your manuscript.What Chris means by "writing is actually re-writing".Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Virtual FreedomYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
8/23/2017 • 10 minutes, 46 seconds
How to Build a Successful Business with Real Style, with Antonio Centeno
One of my favorite parts of podcasting is catching up with previous guests and seeing how they've grown their businesses and themselves since then.In this episode, entrepreneur and founder of Real Men, Real Style Antonio Centeno makes his comeback on the show to share how his brand has blown up and developed into more than just men's style and why he's all about the man.We also break down how Antonio has been able to build, market and monetize his business, along with why he is focusing on YouTube and his own personal philosophy when gaining viewership.It was fantastic to have Antonio back on the show, I know this is going to be one of those episodes you’ll want to listen to again and again – tune in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Antonio shares how he leveraged his background in the military to help him with dressing up.How affiliate marketing seems to have changed over the years.Why you need to constantly be investing in yourself.How Antonio allows himself to be everywhere through repurposing content.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Antonio Centeno's websiteAntonio Centeno on TwitterYoupreneurFM Episode 43Real Men Real Style YouTube ChannelAaron MarinoVirtual Staff FinderVidConTim SchmoyerMenfluential MediaRamit SethiYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
8/17/2017 • 44 minutes, 13 seconds
5 Easy Ways to Pivot Into a Personal Brand Business
Imagine this: you have a successful brick-and-mortar business that's been running smoothly but you feel like you need a change. Perhaps you are thinking of creating more online products or creating more time for yourself by working from home.You might even take it one step further and decide to let go of the business and starting over. This is where one of my favorite entrepreneurial words comes into play: pivoting. In this episode, I talk about shifting from an already established business into a personal brand business along with my five top tips on how to pivot the right way. I also go into the effects of building your personal brand, how you can lose some of your audience but also gain a brand new set of more engaged.This episode is short, sweet and definitely packs a punch for listeners out there who might be looking for some new direction so sit back, relax and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How to put more of yourself into your existing content.What the pivot 'tipping point' is for many entrepreneurs.Evaluating the progress of building your brand and how you can do better.What you should prioritize when it comes to building your personal brand.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Youpreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
8/10/2017 • 13 minutes, 22 seconds
How to Master Your Message, Vernon Ross
As entrepreneurs, we all aim to 'share our message' with our audiences. However a message is more than just explaining what your business can do and that's what many entrepreneurs seem to get stuck with, defining what that message is all about and who exactly they want to share it with.In this episode, I have a fantastic chat with my good friend, entrepreneur and author Vernon Ross about the importance of mastering and truly owning your message, and why it's more than just what you say in front of your community.We also talk about how to pivoting, breaking out of the mold, using your fear to get hyper focused and uncovering the story behind Vernon's 'Bow Tie Thursdays'.I had a great time talking with Vernon as we brought up valuable topics in business but also some great personal stories as well which I'm sure a lot of listeners will enjoy.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why Vernon doesn't believe in the saying 'fake it til' you make it'.How to re-examine your messaging and if it's working.Vernon shares his exercise to help you get into the right mindset.How and why you should be "owning your awkward".Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Vernon Ross' websiteVernon Ross on TwitterMaster Your MessageReal Men Real StyleMichael StelznerYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
8/3/2017 • 42 minutes
5 Simple Steps to Instantly Become More Productive!
I've said it once, I'll say it again: time is our most valuable commodity, which is something I believe that has become a constant point of stress for many people who are looking to manage their time more efficiently.So for this episode of YoupreneurFM, I get into the specifics of how I manage my time and share some simple strategies to help you become more productive. I also go into one of my biggest time-management secrets: how saving my email for after lunch has revolutionized my working day.Tune in as I also list my top time-management tools for helping me keep on track, along with my favorite way to consume content and how I speed it up!So if you are looking for quick and actionable ways to boost productivity and make the most of your day, this is the episode for you. Try out these steps and let me know what you think or if you have any tips of your own to share!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you need to track your time as automatically as you can.How to set personal deadlines.Why scheduling everything helps create more time for you and your business.How to keep yourself accountable with your time, with just one tool.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Rescue TimeScreenflowNaturalReader AppYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
7/27/2017 • 13 minutes, 25 seconds
Exploding Your Influence and The Coaching Habit, with Michael Bungay Stanier
Coaching can be a tricky business sometimes. Everyone is so focused on seeing results quickly that sometimes it becomes a rush to try a new strategy or pivot without really taking the time to understand everything.In this episode, our guest is entrepreneur, coach, author and all-around nice guy Michael Bungay Stanier who tackles this very topic as we talk about his latest book The Coaching Habit and why we should consider less time talking and more time listening to our clients. Michael also shares what kind of questions we need to be asking to help bring a new level of understanding and connection with our clients.We also dive into the details of The Coaching Habit, the process behind how he self-published it and his own personal experiences with being a coach of coaches.Whether you are in the coaching industry or not, the insights and value that Michael has shared in this episode are a must-listen so get that notepad out and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris and Michael talk about the writing experience and the benefits of self-publishing.Why design matters and how it makes content accessible.Michael breaks down the myth of building a habit in 21 days.Michael shares his key strategies on becoming a better coach.The importance of listening.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Michael Bungay Stanier's websiteMichael Bungay Stanier on TwitterThe Coaching HabitMichael HyattAmazon PublishingCreate Space Self PublishingLulu Self PublishingMichael Bungay Stanier's article in Growth LabCharles DuhiggLeo BabautaBJ FoggLeadership That Gets ResultsYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe
7/19/2017 • 54 minutes, 47 seconds
How to Act More Like the Freedom Seeker that You Are, with Beth Kempton
It's been a while since we've gone into a good and solid personal success story and boy does this episode deliver! After finding herself trapped in a business that offered others freedom, entrepreneur Beth Kempton decided she needed to make a change.In this episode, I sit down with Beth as we talk about how she has embraced the Freedom Seeker lifestyle for herself, living life on her own terms while building the business of her dreams.We also talk about the catalyst that helped her create her new book, why she decided to create more space in both her personal life and business and how she's built up her own 'Youpreneur eco-system'.I'm sure a lot of us have found ourselves in Beth's position at one point or another during our entrepreneurial journeys, which is what makes this episode a must-listen to help create more space in your life and business so sit back, tune in and enjoy.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Beth created more space in her business.How having your own business doesn't mean you have complete freedom.Beth walks us through the steps she took to grow her business.Why your ideas and intentions are key when it comes to building a business.Beth and Chris talk about how putting events on isn't just about making money.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Beth Kempton's websiteBeth Kempton on TwitterDo What You Love For LifeFreedom SeekerYoupreneurFM Episode 131Youpreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
7/13/2017 • 41 minutes, 39 seconds
Why Brexit Shouldn’t Worry British Online Entrepreneurs
One of the hottest topics that has been making the rounds both in the United Kingdom and everywhere else is the impact of Brexit and what it can mean for entrepreneurs and their businesses.In this episode, I discuss my thoughts on Brexit, how it can possibly affect UK entrepreneurs (both online and offline) and what we can do to 'beat Brexit'.I also go into the climate of uncertainty that seems to have settled over us and why it's time to build a business worth talking about by acting in spite of this.This is the perfect time for us to step up and be that 'first penguin' to take the plunge by staying focused, continuing to serve our communities and moving forward despite the uncertainty. Are you ready?Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris shares his five reasons on why Brexit shouldn't concern online entrepreneurs.Why Chris doesn't believe Brexit is the problem and what he thinks is. Why entrepreneurs shouldn't have to keep 'playing safe'.How being an online entrepreneur means that our business is global.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Beat Brexit GuideYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
7/5/2017 • 12 minutes, 56 seconds
How to Create a Bigger Personal Brand Business Model, with Jay Baer
Branding plays such a big factor in a business, from being able to recognize Coca Cola's logo no matter where you are in the world to Nike's unforgettable slogan "Just do it". This same principle can be applied to entrepreneurs and their personal brands.In this episode, best-selling author and entrepreneur Jay Baer returns for a sixth time on the show as we have a fireside chat on the topic of personal branding within the bigger business world sphere and how a personal brand is viewed seems to have shifted lately.We also dive into content and why it's more than just what topics you cover when it comes to your personal brand, 'trust-scaffolding' and how Jay would build out his own personal brand if he started today.It's always a thrill to have Jay come on the show to share his knowledge and insights, especially on a topic that has been on the rise for a while. Be sure to get out your notebooks and pens out, you're going to need them!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why charisma matters when it comes to personal branding.Where does the media company mindset fall when it comes to personal branding.What Jay means by the 'frosting' of personal branding.How content operates on a 10:90 principle.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Jay Baer's websiteJay Baer on TwitterConvince & ConvertYoutilityHug Your HatersVirtual FreedomPat FlynnJohn Lee DumasGary VaynerchukYoupreneur Summit 2017 - Live Event in London this November, 2017!The FREE Youpreneur Launchpad CourseYoupreneur - Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page. Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally! Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
6/29/2017 • 40 minutes, 24 seconds
How to Get Massive Amounts of Free Publicity, with Dale Beaumont
With so much competition out there in our respective industries, business owners are always on the hunt for new ways to get free publicity for their products or services.In this episode, serial entrepreneur and founder of Business Blueprint Dale Beaumont joins the show as he walks us through the steps he's used to gain free media exposure for his new app Brin without having to break the bank.We also get into an interesting discussion about how to reach out and manage your relationships with media contacts, preparing yourself for the coming of artificial intelligence and so much more.It was such a pleasure to have Dale on the show to talk about how to get the word out about your new product or service that I know you are going to enjoy.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why Dale decided to develop his new app Brin.Why gaining media exposure lies in the story behind your product or service.How to get media-ready before reaching out to contacts.Why Dale thinks we should start embracing artificial intelligenceMuch, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Dale Beaumont's websiteDale Beaumont on TwitterBusiness BlueprintBrinSnipplyHumans Need Not Apply videoYoupreneur Summit 2017Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
6/22/2017 • 41 minutes, 59 seconds
How One Femtrepreneur Beat the Heck Outta Burnout, with Mariah Coz
On top of the day-to-day business challenges that entrepreneurs face, so many of us find ourselves battling sleep deprivation, spending way too much time on our laptops and burnout.As we concentrate on building our businesses, our health often takes a backseat as Mariah Coz, founder of Femtrepreneur can attest to. In this episode, Mariah and I talk about the importance of self-care as an entrepreneur as she shares her story of how she beat burnout.We also go into the importance of delegation, why overcoming burnout means more than just catching up on rest and why it is all about making the choice to avoid it.I'm a firm believer that you get more done as a healthy, happy and composed entrepreneur than as a stressed one! This chat gave a lot of great tips and insights on how to prioritize your health so break out that notepad and enjoy.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:What the turning point was for Mariah to slow down.What Mariah learned when she took a break from content creation.Why overcoming burnout means more than catching up on rest.Chris and Mariah talk about re-launching with the same material and process.Mariah shares her insights on burnout and her tips on recovery.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Mariah Coz's websiteMariah Coz on TwitterYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
6/15/2017 • 34 minutes, 31 seconds
How Delivering Wow is Just the Beginning, with Anissa Holmes
Once the day-to-day rhythm of a profitable business has become established, many entrepreneurs start looking for more. They look to leave a legacy that can create a lasting impression and value for their community.Dr. Anissa Holmes of Delivering Wow joins today's show as she discusses taking action to build that legacy and how it has lead her to earning six figures online as she has built her personal brand around her dentistry practice within the last year.Anissa and I also dive into how she started off with teaching her followers how to use Facebook Ads to her plans for structuring her inner-circle as a high-end coaching group.I had such a great time chatting with Anissa, as she is the perfect example of an entrepreneur taking action and I can't wait to share her impressive experience and knowledge with you on this episode of The Youpreneur FM Podcast!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris talks about the difference between an entrepreneur and a procrastinator.What Anissa's secret is in getting things done.How using a value ladder can help you take your audience on a journey.Why Anissa developed her membership site and how she plans on providing her members with more value in the future.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Anissa Holmes' websiteAnissa Holmes on TwitterDelivering WowJohn Lee DumasStu McLarenMike MorrisonYoupreneurFM Episode with Mike MorrisonYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
6/8/2017 • 36 minutes, 55 seconds
The Power of Attending & Running Live Events (1DayBB S2 Preview)
In this extra special episode of YoupreneurFM, I pull back the curtain to give you a preview of the latest season of 1 Day Business Breakthrough (1DayBB) with my good buddy Pat Flynn as we picked up where we left off (two years ago!) and dive right into discussing the power of attending and running live events.Live events are a great way for entrepreneurs to help grow their communities, whether you are running your own or attending one. We both agree that establishing personal connections offline are so important when building your tribe.We also give our own viewpoints as an event organizer and as an attendee into what makes a successful live event and our own personal experiences with them.I hope you enjoy this little preview of what to expect with 1DayBB Season Two and that our chat has given you some new ideas on how to make the most out of the next live event you attend or run!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris talks about how live events aren't about what's in the swag bags.What are the elements that go into a successful live event.How live events don't have to be too complicated or on such a grand scale.Pat shares his top three tips to get the most out of the live event you attend.Why live events are not just about networking but learning as well.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:1 Day Business BreakthroughPat FlynnYoupreneur SummitTropical Think TankPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
6/1/2017 • 38 minutes, 47 seconds
The Power of Building Your Own Online Tribe, with Dana Garrison
So many entrepreneurs are on the quest to 'find their tribe' - a community of like-minded people that help inspire, support and share your passions.Dana Garrison grew up knowing she wanted to affect change and that she'd need an army to help her do it. Fast forward to today where she is an accomplished coach and speaker on top of being an entrepreneur with a solid community around her that keeps her going.In this episode, Dana and I talk about building that following, the opportunities that happen when becoming an influencer and how the advent of live video has propelled personal brands forward. We also talk about connecting with your audience and where she thinks Youpreneurs need the most help.We also discuss where she sees her business going in the future and so much more on today’s episode. Dana brought a lot of knowledge into our chat so tune in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Where Dana feels like she has developed the most as an entrepreneur.Why the medium matters over the platform.Where Dana thinks she is going to continue to develop her business.The power of live events and how they are an important part of the Youpreneur ecosystem.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Dana Garrison's websiteDana Garrison on Twitter3 Free Gifts from DanaAsk PatYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/24/2017 • 37 minutes, 12 seconds
How to Create Your First Online Course, with Amy Porterfield
Creating a successful online course can seem a little challenging with all its moving parts, but it doesn't have to be. You just need to be willing to put in the time, effort and strategy to make it happen.In this episode, I pull back the curtain to show you a sneak peek into our exclusive Youpreneur Community with one of our monthly expert chit-chats as I sit down with my friend and online marketing expert Amy Porterfield to talk about how to create your first online course.Amy blows us away as she shares why she believes online courses can become a valuable asset when it comes to building your personal brand, and breaks down her four-step method to creating online courses.Amy and I also discuss the different marketing methods to promote a course, including their thoughts on premium pricing, guarantees and one of our favorite topics: webinars. I always step away from my chats with Amy with a notebook full of ideas and strategies, and I know you will too.Here's the video version of this conversation:Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Amy talks about how to create your first online course.Why you need to validate your audience before taking any steps to creating a product.Amy shares her pointers for coming up with a pricing strategy.What kind of content should a bonus be focused around.Chris and Amy talk about the ‘lifetime guarantee’, how it can be tricky for a lot of entrepreneurs and how you can manage it.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Amy's WebsiteAmy on TwitterCourses That Convert - Amy's Awesome 'Online Course' Course!Pat FlynnWill It Fly by Pat FlynnYoupreneur Summit 2017 - Live Event in London this November, 2017!The FREE Youpreneur Launchpad CourseYoupreneur - Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/18/2017 • 35 minutes, 47 seconds
How to Finally Figure Out & Master Content Marketing, with Pamela Wilson
Content marketing has become a staple in many online entrepreneur's gameplans but it takes a lot to actually master it to help your own business.In this episode, the founder of Big Brand System Pamela Wilson joins the show to talk all about the specific processes that we should be using and what we should be implementing in our content marketing to take it to a whole new level.Pamela and I also chat about the latest visual design trends that have been rocking the online business space lately, why you should be embracing systems and processes - even when it comes to creative work and so much more.We also get into a great discussion about asking your audience for permission and the importance of commitment when it comes to creating amazing content. This was a chat full of actionable takeaways that I know you will not want to miss out on - so get comfy and tune in!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Pamela tackled the writing process of her latest book.Pamela shares her favorite strategies when it comes to managing your content marketing.The first few steps when taking your content marketing more seriously.Pamela breaks down her personal process when it comes to creating content.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Pamela Wilson's websitePamela Wilson on TwitterMaster Content Marketing WebsiteMaster Content MarketingYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/11/2017 • 47 minutes, 49 seconds
The Power of Owning an Answer in Your Niche, with Roberto Blake
When it comes to making a mark in your niche, it takes more than just owning a keyword or a topic. On today's show, Roberto Blake goes into owning an answer in your niche, his favorite YouTube marketing strategies, and creativity.In this episode, Roberto takes us through his entrepreneurial journey and shares that while he has always had a creative entrepreneurial streak since childhood, that never stop him from being all about the hustle.Tune in as Roberto and I talk about standing out and getting found on YouTube, how to stay consistent when it comes to creating video content, why you should stop waiting for permission and Roberto's best tips on optimizing your videos.This was a value-packed episode as Roberto and I touched on so many different topics that I know you will all enjoy. So get your pen and notepad ready, you're going to need it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Roberto shares his personal philosophy when it comes to creativity.What people tend to underestimate when it comes to YouTube marketing.What a lot of entrepreneurs are not doing and missing out on!Roberto shares his tips and hacks to coming up with content ideas.What will win the day when it comes to YouTube marketing.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Roberto Blake's websiteRoberto Blake on TwitterYoupreneurFM Episode with Brian FanzoCanvaRoberto Blake's YouTube video on SEO Descriptions ExplainedRoberto Blake's YouTube video on How to Get More Views on YouTubeYoupreneur Summit 2017Sign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
5/4/2017 • 51 minutes, 51 seconds
How to Accelerate Your Entrepreneurial Vision
In almost every entrepreneur's experience, we find ourselves at one point or another, thinking that our businesses aren't progressing as well or as fast as we'd hoped.I've always seen it as a way to keep on top of my game, and how I can improve myself and my business. So for today's show, I dive into five potential reasons into what could be slowing your progress down and how to speed up your entrepreneurial vision!Tune in as I go into the importance of delegation, avoiding entrepreneurial burnout, working smarter and raising your game.If you are ready to check in with yourself and how you can improve your mindset and entrepreneurial vision then this is the episode for you, enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How just because you can do everything in your business, doesn't mean you should.Why you should be giving yourself a break.The importance of prioritizing in your business.How switching over to an 'abundance' mindset instead of a protection one could be more beneficial.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Four Hour Work WeekYoupreneur SummitPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/27/2017 • 10 minutes, 33 seconds
No Agenda Coffees & Nice Networking, with Dave Delaney
Networking is a must for entrepreneurs to help build those connections and relationships within our industries, but the thought of networking can also bring up images of cheesy networking breakfasts and collecting business card papercuts.In this episode, Dave Delaney of Networking for Nice People joins the show to rid us of that mental image and dives into the topic of nice networking, the stigma attached to the word 'networking' itself and how to do it the right way.Dave and I also talk about the fear of asking, our takes on how to handle business cards, what he means by a 'no agenda coffee' and what you should be looking for (and watching out for) when it comes to collaborations.Dave shared some great insights into how to make meaningful connections that I know you are going to appreciate and apply during your next networking opportunity, so tune in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Dave talks about his main catalyst when it comes to helping his audience.Why your next step after showing up and making that initial connection, is to follow up.How to provide value in-person within a conference setting.How to start a collaboration off on the right foot.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Dave Delaney's websiteDave Delaney on TwitterNetworking for Nice People - Special YoupreneurFM OfferNew Business NetworkingFutureforthPeter ShankmanContactuallyYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/20/2017 • 35 minutes, 55 seconds
Understanding the Power of Digital Storytelling, with Daniel Knowlton
There is a saying that goes "facts tell, stories sell" and I couldn't agree more. All great entrepreneurs can agree that story-telling is an effective tool when it comes to building your brand.Which is why in this episode, we have Daniel Knowlton join us as we go into the power of digital storytelling. Daniel shares how he started off barely a year ago as a digital marketing consultant, his personal branding efforts and how he's used it to spearhead the growth of his digital marketing agency.Daniel and I also talk about the importance of telling your story to build your business, the different mediums we can use to get our story out there and what Daniel thinks we should all be focusing on in the next twelve months.There were lots of great takeaways in episode, especially for anyone who is ready to double down and work on their personal brand. So grab that pen and notepad, and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Daniel shares his day-to-day practices when it comes to building his brand.What's the key-driving force when it comes to Daniel's business.Chris shares where he would build his audience if he started out in 2017.Chris shares what he believes is the best thing you can do for your blog.What is Daniel's one tip when it comes to speaking on stage.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Daniel Knowlton's websiteDaniel Knowlton on TwitterSocial Media ExaminerAmy SchmittauerVlog Like a BossYoupreneur Summit 2017Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/13/2017 • 40 minutes, 48 seconds
How to Sell More Copies of Your Book, with Joanna Penn
We've taken up different aspects of book marketing from getting on the best-seller lists to a book marketing process, however it's been quite a while since we've talked about actually selling copies of your book.This is where Joanna Penn of the Creative Penn comes in as she talks about selling more copies of your book and the different ways you can turn your books into multiple streams of income.In this episode, Joanna talks about why book-length matters, her favorite SEO tricks to help you promote your book through Amazon, her thoughts on the book world going digital and why you should be paying attention to it.Joanna and I also talk about the common misconception about only being able to hit the top lists when your book is launched and share their thoughts on traditional publishing versus self-publishing. This was a great chat with Joanna who dropped knowledge bombs from crazy heights that I know you'll enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why having lots of shorter books can help non-fiction speaker and authors.How to use a 'series' field to link your books together and build a suite.Why e-book box sets are their very own 'eco-system' and how you can profit from them.Why you should be paying attention to iBooks and Kobo.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Joanna Penn's websiteJoanna Penn on TwitterJoanna Penn's PodcastKDP SelectYoupreneur Summit 2017VellumBookbubBundle RabbitDigital Book WorldACXPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I’m grateful for that. If you enjoyed today’s show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they’re extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
4/6/2017 • 39 minutes, 6 seconds
How to Become an Instagram Stories Ninja, with Sue B. Zimmerman
Instagram has changed the game once again since it rolled out Instagram Stories. It has left a lot of online entrepreneurs working "is this worth the time and effort to invest in another social media platform?".In this episode, we have the Instagram Expert herself Sue B. Zimmerman join the show as she talks about why she believes Instagram Stories can help you creatively stand out in your niche on top of social media promotion. She talks about how to use it, what we can expect from our investment in time and how to do Instagram Stories right as entrepreneurs.We also go into our thoughts on Instagram Stories versus Snapchat, using it the right way during live events, and Sue's thoughts on the essence of Instagram Stories and how you can display your brand's personality and core values in a new light.This was a great episode with lots of actionable tips on how to make the most out of this fun new way to bring your brand forward so get your pen and notepad ready, enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Sue's measurement of success when it comes to Instagram stories.Sue shares her ninja tips on how to create a solid and more cohesive Instagram Story.How to constantly connect with those you want to be serving.Sue shares her ultimate tip to help entrepreneurs monetize this latest Instagram feature.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Sue B. Zimmerman's websiteSue B. Zimmerman on InstagramSue B. Zimmerman's Instagram Strategy GuideInterview of Sue B. Zimmerman for Behind the Scenes documentary.How to handle a great product launchHow to incorporate music into InstagramSoulCycle Promotion exampleAgents of ChangePersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/30/2017 • 42 minutes, 9 seconds
Why Every Entrepreneur Needs to Be Held Accountable
When it comes to entrepreneurship, what's the first thing that pops in your head? Is it freedom? Flexibility? Being your own boss? While these are all great ways to describe entrepreneurship, there is one particular word that seems to be avoided but is one hundred percent just as important as the others: accountability.In this episode, I dive into the topic of accountability and how it sets entrepreneurs apart from the 'wantrepreneurs', why being held accountable can help give that ultimate push to get us across the finish line and how accountability trumps willpower.Stay tuned as I give my tips on how to maintain a steady level of accountability in your life to help you make sure you stick to your goals. Think of reaching your goals like building muscles - it doesn't happen overnight, you have to work at it!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Having accountability increases your chances of sticking to your goals.Ultimately, accountability beats willpower.How accountability gives your goals a voice.Why creating a supportive inner circle or community is so important for your accountability.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Chris Ducker's YouTube ChannelPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/22/2017 • 12 minutes, 9 seconds
How She Means Business is More Than Just a Book, with Carrie Green
Founder of the Female Entrepreneur Association, Carrie Green joins this episode as we talk about her latest book 'She Means Business' and the journey of how she's put it together.Carrie and I talk about the writing process, why it's taken her so long to write it, the different ways she's tried to chase inspiration for her book and what she has planned next.This is a great episode, especially for any aspiring authors out there that are looking for a little nudge to keep going. You’ll definitely need a notepad and pen for this one so get ready and tune in!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How the entrepreneurial journey is just like a roller coaster ride.Why writing a book is such a vulnerable process for entrepreneurs.Carrie talks about why she decided on her current publishing company.What Carrie has done to get the community excited.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Carrie Green's websiteCarrie Green on TwitterShe Means BusinessYoupreneurFM Episode with Ian Anderson GrayYoupreneurFM Episode with Roger EdwardsYoupreneurFM Episode with Darren HardyGabrielle BernsteinPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/16/2017 • 34 minutes, 55 seconds
How to Communicate Like a Pro, with Marcus Sheridan
There is one skill that all entrepreneurs strive to master to help push their businesses forward: communication. Whether it's communicating with customers, an audience or even with your own team, it matters.In this episode, I'm joined by author, communication coach and keynote speaker, Marcus Sheridan also popularly known as the "Sales Lion" as we have a great fireside chat about communicating like a pro, why he wrote his latest book and so much more.Marcus talks about the essence of great content, the importance of listening and acknowledging how you started out. Marcus and I also talk about home life and why Marcus thinks he is winning big at home as much as he is in business.This was a great talk with Marcus, as we dove into not just the business aspect but also the personal as well which I know a lot of listeners can appreciate so get that note pad read, sit back and enjoy.Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why Marcus is still called "The Pool Guy".Why the greatest marketers today are all about listening.He also talks about the difference between success and fulfillment.Why Marcus believes mixing personal and professional can be a skill that can be learned.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Marcus Sheridan's websiteMarcus Sheridan on TwitterThey Ask You Answer: A Revolutionary Approach to Inbound Sales, Content Marketing and Today's Digital ConsumerGary VaynerchukPencils of PromisePersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/9/2017 • 28 minutes, 9 seconds
Personal or a Brand Domain Name to Build Your Business?
My Youpreneur Community forums usually buzz with different topics all the time, but there is definitely one question that gets brought up frequently. Should I buy a personal or a brand domain name?In this episode I go into the best strategy to follow when buying the right domain name for your business and some common misconceptions when it comes to personal branding.I also talk about the factors involved when using your name as your domain name and why the content of your personal brand business matters less than the person behind it.At the end of the day, the best way for your audience to remember who you are and what your business is all about comes from what you do with your brand, how you serve your audience and not what it's called. This episode was short but packs a punch, so get ready with your notepad and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why we think there is a ceiling on growth potential if we operate under our personal names.Why you don't always need a catchy brand name for your business.What are some questions you need to ask yourself before deciding on using yourname.com.Why it all boils down to you and your connection with your audience.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
3/2/2017 • 11 minutes, 21 seconds
How to Gain the Intimate Attention of Your Community, with Kevin Kruse
As we continue to grow our personal brands online, we are always looking for ways to connect and engage with our audience in a more genuine way. But where do you start and how do you elevate the relationship you have with a regular follower into 'super fan' status?New York Times best-selling author, speaker and business coach Kevin Kruse comes on the show today to talk about gaining the intimate attention of your community, what a 'super fan' is and how to get them.We also get into a great discussion about the importance of transparency and authenticity, why it has become so rare lately, how to take on the role of becoming a thought leader and so much more.Kevin also shares his philosophy of why life is about making an impact instead of making an income and I couldn't agree more. This episode brings great value and insight, so get ready and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why Kevin placed his personal cell number and private email address on the cover of his new book.How to get your audience come out of their shells and help spread your message.How thought leadership has changed recently and what it means in today's online business world.What the 'Ben Franklin' effect means and how to use it in your business.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Kevin Kruse' WebsiteKevin Kruse on TwitterText Me, Snap Me, Ask Me AnythingVirtual FreedomJohn Lee DumasMark CubanGary VaynerchukPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/23/2017 • 31 minutes, 17 seconds
10 Reasons Why Being an Entrepreneur Beats Everything Else!
Whenever I talk to entrepreneurs about how they got started, I'm alway amazed at their individual stories and how they've gotten to where they are right now. Stepping out of a stable corporate environment into uncharted territory takes guts and vision, and while it isn't for everyone - many can agree that the entrepreneurial lifestyle is worth it!In this quick episode, I go solo as I list down my ten reasons on why being an entrepreneur beats everything else along with some life and business lessons I've picked up along the way.One of my biggest reasons for being a business owner though is the opportunity to help provide solutions to people's problems while working whenever you want, wherever you want is incredibly rewarding and like nothing I've ever encountered while working for somebody else.After twelve years of being an entrepreneur, meeting challenges, success and failures, I can still say that my entrepreneurial journey isn't slowing down any time soon!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris talks about the major benefits of being your own boss.Chris talks about the key components to having a happy working life.Understanding the power you have when creating your own opportunities.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Pat Flynn1 Day Business Breakthrough PodcastVirtual Staff FinderPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/16/2017 • 14 minutes, 37 seconds
From Corporate Career to Booming Personal Brand, with Roger Edwards
Taking that leap from the corporate world into entrepreneurship can be daunting, which is why it's so encouraging to hear about the hardworking and passionate entrepreneurs who do make it.In this episode, I sit down and chat with marketing strategist, entrepreneur and Youpreneur member Roger Edwards as we talk about his entrepreneurial journey and how he's transitioned from corporate life to a booming consulting business.Roger shares his experiences and talks about how he's had to overcome some hurdles with getting a pretty stuffy industry like finance to embrace technology and marketing online, and how he is continuing to do so today as a consultant.This was a great fireside chat with Roger which I know you will enjoy so grab your notepad, get comfy and tune in!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Roger talks about how he's managed to develop a profitable personal brand in a field that can be reluctant to embrace new change.What were the first steps Roger took after he stepped out of the corporate world.Roger shares why podcasting is one of his favorite forms of content marketing.What Roger means by having a TV studio in your pocket.What kept Roger going during his podcast before he received work from it.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Roger Edwards' WebsiteRoger Edwards on TwitterMarcus Sheridan's PodcastMitch Joel's PodcastRyan HanleyPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/8/2017 • 40 minutes, 33 seconds
How to Master Your Long Term Goals, with John Lee Dumas
Discipline, focus and productivity are three invaluable skills that entrepreneurs are constantly aiming to improve. Many business owners can agree that getting down just one skill is challenge enough, so what if you were given the opportunity to master all three to help push your business forward in 100 days, would you take it?If you've ever struggled with discipline, focus and productivity, this is the episode for you as Entrepreneur on Fire founder, John Lee Dumas joins the show once again and goes in-depth on these three different skills and his latest passion project, The Mastery Journal.We talk about his Freedom Journal and the difference between the two, why it's important to identify the 20% that moves the needle in your business and how John is handling his own mastery and what he's doing to shape his bigger goals.It's always a great time with John on the show, and he delivered so much value on today's episode. So listen in, take some notes and get ready to take action!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why there's a difference between hitting your goals and building a business based on achieving your goals.What are the three greatest strengths that John has mastered and what he'd like to share with everyone.John shares an inside look at his daily routine from a productivity perspective.What John means by his "content waterfall" when it comes to content creation.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:John Lee Dumas' WebsiteJohn Lee Dumas on TwitterEntrepreneur on Fire PodcastThe Freedom JournalThe Mastery JournalGary VaynerchukEat That Frog by Brian TracyPencils of PromisePersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
2/2/2017 • 42 minutes, 33 seconds
How to Vlog Like a Boss, with Amy Schmittauer
We've covered live video before on the show, so in this episode we take a deeper look at a different side of video: vlogging and how it's created a whole new landscape for entrepreneurs to reach their audiences and deliver their message.Joining the show once again is the founder of Savvy, Sexy, Social and Vlog Boss herself, Amy Schmittauer as she talks about her new upcoming book Vlog Like a Boss, why it is still the year of video and why everyone should start considering vlogging.Amy goes into the details of a solid vlog including analytics, thumbnails and why watch page time matters. We also talk about the biggest thing you need when it comes to starting a vlog and why you should talk to one person so that you can connect with many.This was a great chat with Amy as we talk about all things vlogging and even some of our favorite book marketing tactics. Get ready with your notepad and pen, you are going to need it. Tune in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Why you should 'win with the thumbnail'.What is still keeping people from starting with video.Amy Schmittauer breaks down a marketing plan for your YouTube Channel.Amy breaks down the three biggest fears when it comes to starting with vlogging.What wins on the Facebook News Feed and how to properly promote YouTube links on Facebook.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Amy Schmittauer's WebsiteAmy Schmittauer on TwitterAmy Schmittauer's YouTube ChannelThe Book - Vlog Like a BossVirtual FreedomCrush ItCasey NeistatAmy's Instagram Stories videoHow to Get More Followers on TwitterPersonal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building CommunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/26/2017 • 1 hour, 3 minutes, 55 seconds
If It Doesn’t Get Scheduled, It Doesn’t Get Done!
I've always lived by the words "if it doesn't get scheduled, it doesn't get done" which I've shared over and over throughout the podcast. I've considered it one of my most powerful productivity tactics when it comes to moving my business forward.There are so many different ways and methods out there to managing your schedule, though personally I like to keep it simple and old-school. The key to a well-managed calendar for me is making sure you are investing your time properly in the right projects and opportunities.In this episode, I share five key focuses when it comes to prioritization in business and why the only way to create control in your scheduling is to stay in control of your time.I also talk about the different ways you can leverage your time such as building a team and putting together solid processes and systems to help keep your business running. Get ready for another value-packed episode, tune in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Chris breaks down his "batching" method of productivity.Why it's critical to identify what matters the most to you first.Why you should focus on what you can control.Why you shouldn't use your inbox as your to-do list.Why handshakes and business cards are only the first step to networking.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Personal Branding RoadmapSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Personal Brand Business Building ComunityThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/19/2017 • 11 minutes, 9 seconds
Getting Started with Facebook Live Video, with Ian Anderson Gray
Since social media giant Facebook has thrown their hat into the ring with Facebook Live, it's proven that it's more than just another live video platform. With its added edge of notifying your followers and friends whenever you go live, and keeping you at the top of the news feed when it happens, the captive audience it presents can be pretty hard to ignore.But once you have your audience, how do you make sure you make the most out of your live videos? In this episode, I sit down and chat with the founder of Seriously Social, Ian Anderson Gray as we talk about getting started with Facebook Live video marketing the right way.We get down to discussing Ian's tips on how to structure your live videos, keeping your content evergreen, what tools to use to help give you a more polished finish and if you really need to be worrying about the live video numbers.We also dive into why Facebook Live is so attractive to entrepreneurs and what to do as personal brand entrepreneurs to stand out when it comes to live video. This episode gives you all you need to know if you are thinking about starting Facebook Live videos, so sit back, tune in and enjoy!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Where entrepreneurs are going with FB Live from a business perspective.Ian breaks down the steps on how to do FB Live the right way.How to deal with comments and questions during a live video.What tools you can use to broadcast to multiple platforms simultaneously.What FB Live's edge is over the other live video platforms out there.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Ian Anderson Gray's websiteIan Anderson Gray on TwitterYoupreneurFM Episode with Alex PettittYoupreneurFM Episode with Kim GarstYoupreneurFM Episode with Vincenzo LandinoSwitchboardRestreamWirecastGary VaynerchukSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Community Academy – Doors Open Soon!Thank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/12/2017 • 34 minutes, 42 seconds
Why We Should All Think Like a Fan, with Brian Fanzo
Even though social media has become a vital part of every business' marketing strategy, many big brands still struggle with really using it to connect with their fans. What most brands end up doing is using it as a communication platform instead of a chance to actually have a conversation with their customers.This is where our guest for today comes in, as keynote speaker and founder of iSocialFanz.com, Brian Fanzo shares with us his "Think Like a Fan" mentality, how he helps brands share their stories and how he has managed to build his brand around it.Brian and I get into a great discussion about how his popularity sky-rocketed within the live video space and his tips on engaging with your audience. We also touch on the concept of not quitting and the difference between businesses that achieve success and the ones that don't.I had a great time chatting with Brian on so many different issues in this chat, which I know you'll enjoy, so get ready and tune into today’s episode!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Brian talks about the message behind his "Think Like a Fan" philosophy.How to get on industry influencer's radars by showing that you care.Why Brian is so quick to proclaim he doesn't know something.The difference between being yourself and allowing your vulnerabilities to become your strong suit.What Brian means by limitations inspiring creativity.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Brian's WebsiteBrian on TwitterChris BroganMichael StelznerCasey NeistatGary VaynerchukGuy Kawasaki Robert ScobleInbound ConferenceWhy You Need to Slow Down to Achieve MoreSign-up for the FREE Youpreneur Launchpad Training CourseYoupreneur Community Academy - January Launch WaitlistThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
1/5/2017 • 42 minutes, 37 seconds
How to Make Next Year The One That Changes EVERYTHING!
The new year always looks so promising with blank calendars and empty planners full of possibility, which is why goal-setting has become almost a natural exercise for entrepreneurs once we start the new year. To make sure that we don't waste those possibilities.In this episode, I take on two topics to help you make next year the one that changes everything. The first half takes on goal-setting as I break down my own personal process and why keeping the process simple with a positive mindset can make a world of difference.The second half is all about my 'Chase It Down' philosophy when it comes to business, how to achieve your goals as a personal brand entrepreneur and what kind of questions you should ask yourself to help guide you. I also talk about a topic very close to my heart: personal branding and whether you should focus on being different or better than your competitors.If you are ready to take action and start the year right, this is the episode for you so sit back, relax and get ready to start goal-setting!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:How Chris sets his goals and his process for planning effectively.Chris shares his insights on his 'Chase It Down' series.Why goal-setting is different from New Year's resolutions.Why you have to understand the sheer power behind having an effective planning process.What Chris means by his MIG's and why they are non-negotiable.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Chase It Down Part OneChase It Down Part TwoChase It Down Part ThreeChris Ducker's YouTube ChannelPascal FintoniCrush ItYoupreneur LaunchpadYOUPRENEUR VIP WaitlistThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!
12/29/2016 • 25 minutes, 6 seconds
How to Become the Best Coach of Coaches You Can Be, with Dan Miller
Coaching has become a thriving industry, and is showing no signs of stopping as more and more entrepreneurs look to coaches to help guide them towards their goals. A good coach can act as a sounding board, an accountability partner, someone to help you reach your peak performance among many other things.Joining us to talk about all things coaching is author and coach, my good friend Dan Miller. Tune in as we talk about what it takes to be a great coach, how to put yourself into the business, and the difference between coaching coaches and entrepreneurs.We also get into Dan's own story and how coaching became his main focus, what are some of the biggest issues that coaches face when serving their clients and what he means by "to sell something is to sell enthusiasm".This conversation touched on a wide array of subjects - coaching, sales, launches - that will have you taking notes like mad. Join in for another fun and informative episode of Youpreneur FM!Essential Learning Points From This Episode:Dan's four-step process when it comes to listening to his audience.Why it's counterproductive to pitch your product without identifying your audience first.Why you need to give your audience an opportunity to connect with you before they pull out their wallets.Why building rapport and trust is key to being seen as a viable coach.Chris and Dan talk about selling and product launch fatigue.Much, much more!Important Links & Mentions From This Episode:Dan Miller's WebsiteDan Miller on Twitter48 Days to the Work You LoveCoaching with ExcellenceCoaching MasteryDave RamseyJeff WalkerMark Victor HansenJohn Lee DumasPat FlynnLaunchpadYOUPRENEUR ACADEMYThank You for Tuning In!There are a lot of podcasts you could be tuning into today, but you chose mine, and I'm grateful for that. If you enjoyed today's show, please share it by using the social media buttons you see at the top and bottom of this page.Also, kindly consider taking the 60-seconds it takes to leave an honest review and rating for the podcast on iTunes, they're extremely helpful when it comes to the ranking of the show and you can bet that I read every single one of them personally!Lastly, don’t forget to subscribe to the podcast on iTunes, to get automatic updates every time a new episode goes live!